/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic, and globbing substitutions. */ /* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */ /* Copyright (C) 1987-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Bash. If not, see . */ #include "config.h" #include "bashtypes.h" #include #include "chartypes.h" #if defined (HAVE_PWD_H) # include #endif #include #include #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) # include #endif #define NEED_FPURGE_DECL #include "bashansi.h" #include "posixstat.h" #include "bashintl.h" #include "shell.h" #include "parser.h" #include "redir.h" #include "flags.h" #include "jobs.h" #include "execute_cmd.h" #include "filecntl.h" #include "trap.h" #include "pathexp.h" #include "mailcheck.h" #include "shmbutil.h" #if defined (HAVE_MBSTR_H) && defined (HAVE_MBSCHR) # include /* mbschr */ #endif #include "typemax.h" #include "builtins/getopt.h" #include "builtins/common.h" #include "builtins/builtext.h" #include #include #if !defined (errno) extern int errno; #endif /* !errno */ /* The size that strings change by. */ #define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112 #define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128 /* Variable types. */ #define VT_VARIABLE 0 #define VT_POSPARMS 1 #define VT_ARRAYVAR 2 #define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3 #define VT_ASSOCVAR 4 #define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */ /* Flags for quoted_strchr */ #define ST_BACKSL 0x01 #define ST_CTLESC 0x02 #define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */ #define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */ /* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */ #define LBRACE '{' #define RBRACE '}' #define LPAREN '(' #define RPAREN ')' #define LBRACK '[' #define RBRACK ']' #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) #define WLPAREN L'(' #define WRPAREN L')' #endif #define DOLLAR_AT_STAR(c) ((c) == '@' || (c) == '*') #define STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR(s) (DOLLAR_AT_STAR ((s)[0]) && (s)[1] == '\0') /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */ #define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@') /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an indirect variable reference may be made. */ #define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \ ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*') /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */ #define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP) /* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */ #define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \ (*name && ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \ (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \ (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))) /* This can be used by all of the *_extract_* functions that have a similar structure. It can't just be wrapped in a do...while(0) loop because of the embedded `break'. The dangling else accommodates a trailing semicolon; we could also put in a do ; while (0) */ #define CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN(oind, ind, len, ch) \ if (ind >= len) \ { \ oind = len; \ ch = 0; \ break; \ } \ else \ /* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to expand_string_if_necessary(). */ typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC PARAMS((char *, int)); /* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */ pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID; pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID; /* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */ SHELL_VAR *ifs_var; char *ifs_value; unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1]; int ifs_is_set, ifs_is_null; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX]; size_t ifs_firstc_len; #else unsigned char ifs_firstc; #endif /* If non-zero, command substitution inherits the value of errexit option */ int inherit_errexit = 0; /* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */ int assigning_in_environment; /* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */ WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */ int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; /* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to a null file. */ int allow_null_glob_expansion; /* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */ int fail_glob_expansion; /* If non-zero, perform `&' substitution on the replacement string in the pattern substitution word expansion. */ int patsub_replacement = 1; /* Extern functions and variables from different files. */ extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close; extern int wordexp_only; extern int singlequote_translations; extern int extended_quote; #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) extern PROCESS *last_procsub_child; #endif #if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) extern wchar_t *wcsdup PARAMS((const wchar_t *)); #endif #if 0 /* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c. (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */ char *glob_argv_flags; static int glob_argv_flags_size; #endif static WORD_LIST *cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0; /* Distinguished error values to return from expansion functions */ static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal; static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal; static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal, expand_param_unset; static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal; /* Set by expand_word_unsplit and several of the expand_string_XXX functions; used to inhibit splitting and re-joining $* on $IFS, primarily when doing assignment statements. The idea is that if we're in a context where this is set, we're not going to be performing word splitting, so we use the same rules to expand $* as we would if it appeared within double quotes. */ static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal, without any leading variable assignments. */ static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; static char *quoted_substring PARAMS((char *, int, int)); static int quoted_strlen PARAMS((char *)); static char *quoted_strchr PARAMS((char *, int, int)); static char *expand_string_if_necessary PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC *)); static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC *)); static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal PARAMS((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *)); static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal PARAMS((char *, int)); static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted PARAMS((char *, int)); static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *)); static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_pat PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *)); static char *quote_escapes_internal PARAMS((const char *, int)); static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes PARAMS((WORD_LIST *)); static WORD_LIST *list_dequote_escapes PARAMS((WORD_LIST *)); static char *make_quoted_char PARAMS((int)); static WORD_LIST *quote_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *)); static int unquoted_substring PARAMS((char *, char *)); static int unquoted_member PARAMS((int, char *)); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); #endif static int do_assignment_internal PARAMS((const WORD_DESC *, int)); static char *string_extract_verbatim PARAMS((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int)); static char *string_extract PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, int)); static char *string_extract_double_quoted PARAMS((char *, int *, int)); static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted PARAMS((char *, int *, int)); static inline int skip_single_quoted PARAMS((const char *, size_t, int, int)); static int skip_double_quoted PARAMS((char *, size_t, int, int)); static char *extract_delimited_string PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int)); static char *extract_heredoc_dolbrace_string PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int)); static char *extract_dollar_brace_string PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int)); static int skip_matched_pair PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int, int)); static char *pos_params PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int)); static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens PARAMS((char *, int)); static char *remove_upattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) static wchar_t *remove_wpattern PARAMS((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int)); #endif static char *remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); static int match_upattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **)); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) static int match_wpattern PARAMS((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **)); #endif static int match_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **)); static int getpatspec PARAMS((int, char *)); static char *getpattern PARAMS((char *, int, int)); static char *variable_remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int)); static char *list_remove_pattern PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int)); static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern PARAMS((int, char *, int, int)); #ifdef ARRAY_VARS static char *array_remove_pattern PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *, int, int, int)); #endif static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, array_eltstate_t *, char *, int, int, int)); static char *string_var_assignment PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *)); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static char *array_var_assignment PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, int, int, int)); #endif static char *pos_params_assignment PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int, int)); static char *string_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *)); static char *list_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, int)); static char *parameter_list_transform PARAMS((int, int, int)); #if defined ARRAY_VARS static char *array_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, int, int)); #endif static char *parameter_brace_transform PARAMS((char *, char *, array_eltstate_t *, char *, int, int, int, int)); static int valid_parameter_transform PARAMS((char *)); static char *process_substitute PARAMS((char *, int)); static char *optimize_cat_file PARAMS((REDIRECT *, int, int, int *)); static char *read_comsub PARAMS((int, int, int, int *)); #ifdef ARRAY_VARS static arrayind_t array_length_reference PARAMS((char *)); #endif static int valid_brace_expansion_word PARAMS((char *, int)); static int chk_atstar PARAMS((char *, int, int, int *, int *)); static int chk_arithsub PARAMS((const char *, int)); static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, array_eltstate_t *)); static char *parameter_brace_find_indir PARAMS((char *, int, int, int)); static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *)); static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int *, int *)); static void parameter_brace_expand_error PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); static int valid_length_expression PARAMS((char *)); static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length PARAMS((char *)); static char *skiparith PARAMS((char *, int)); static int verify_substring_values PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *)); static int get_var_and_type PARAMS((char *, char *, array_eltstate_t *, int, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **)); static char *mb_substring PARAMS((char *, int, int)); static char *parameter_brace_substring PARAMS((char *, char *, array_eltstate_t *, char *, int, int, int)); static int shouldexp_replacement PARAMS((char *)); static char *pos_params_pat_subst PARAMS((char *, char *, char *, int)); static char *expand_string_for_patsub PARAMS((char *, int)); static char *parameter_brace_patsub PARAMS((char *, char *, array_eltstate_t *, char *, int, int, int)); static char *pos_params_casemod PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int)); static char *parameter_brace_casemod PARAMS((char *, char *, array_eltstate_t *, int, char *, int, int, int)); static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *)); static WORD_DESC *param_expand PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int)); static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal PARAMS((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *)); static WORD_LIST *word_list_split PARAMS((WORD_LIST *)); static void exp_jump_to_top_level PARAMS((int)); static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments PARAMS((WORD_LIST *)); static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int)); #ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int)); #endif #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static int make_internal_declare PARAMS((char *, char *, char *)); static void expand_compound_assignment_word PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int)); static WORD_LIST *expand_declaration_argument PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, WORD_LIST *)); #endif static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int)); static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int)); static int do_assignment_statements PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, char *, int)); /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ /* Utility Functions */ /* */ /* **************************************************************** */ #if defined (DEBUG) void dump_word_flags (flags) int flags; { int f; f = flags; fprintf (stderr, "%d -> ", f); if (f & W_ARRAYIND) { f &= ~W_ARRAYIND; fprintf (stderr, "W_ARRAYIND%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSIGNASSOC) { f &= ~W_ASSIGNASSOC; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSIGNARRAY) { f &= ~W_ASSIGNARRAY; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARRAY%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL) { f &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; fprintf (stderr, "W_SAWQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOPROCSUB) { f &= ~W_NOPROCSUB; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_DQUOTE) { f &= ~W_DQUOTE; fprintf (stderr, "W_DQUOTE%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) { f &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; fprintf (stderr, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSIGNARG) { f &= ~W_ASSIGNARG; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSNBLTIN) { f &= ~W_ASSNBLTIN; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSNGLOBAL) { f &= ~W_ASSNGLOBAL; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_COMPASSIGN) { f &= ~W_COMPASSIGN; fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_EXPANDRHS) { f &= ~W_EXPANDRHS; fprintf (stderr, "W_EXPANDRHS%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOTILDE) { f &= ~W_NOTILDE; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOTILDE%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSIGNRHS) { f &= ~W_ASSIGNRHS; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOASSNTILDE) { f &= ~W_NOASSNTILDE; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOASSNTILDE%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOCOMSUB) { f &= ~W_NOCOMSUB; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ARRAYREF) { f &= ~W_ARRAYREF; fprintf (stderr, "W_ARRAYREF%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_DOLLARAT) { f &= ~W_DOLLARAT; fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_TILDEEXP) { f &= ~W_TILDEEXP; fprintf (stderr, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOSPLIT2) { f &= ~W_NOSPLIT2; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOSPLIT) { f &= ~W_NOSPLIT; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOBRACE) { f &= ~W_NOBRACE; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOBRACE%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_NOGLOB) { f &= ~W_NOGLOB; fprintf (stderr, "W_NOGLOB%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_SPLITSPACE) { f &= ~W_SPLITSPACE; fprintf (stderr, "W_SPLITSPACE%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_ASSIGNMENT) { f &= ~W_ASSIGNMENT; fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_QUOTED) { f &= ~W_QUOTED; fprintf (stderr, "W_QUOTED%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_HASDOLLAR) { f &= ~W_HASDOLLAR; fprintf (stderr, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_COMPLETE) { f &= ~W_COMPLETE; fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPLETE%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_CHKLOCAL) { f &= ~W_CHKLOCAL; fprintf (stderr, "W_CHKLOCAL%s", f ? "|" : ""); } if (f & W_FORCELOCAL) { f &= ~W_FORCELOCAL; fprintf (stderr, "W_FORCELOCAL%s", f ? "|" : ""); } fprintf (stderr, "\n"); fflush (stderr); } #endif #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED static char * quoted_substring (string, start, end) char *string; int start, end; { register int len, l; register char *result, *s, *r; len = end - start; /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */ for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; ) { if (*s == CTLESC) { s++; continue; } l++; if (*s == 0) break; } r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */ /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */ s = string + l; for (l = 0; l < len; s++) { if (*s == CTLESC) *r++ = *s++; *r++ = *s; l++; if (*s == 0) break; } *r = '\0'; return result; } #endif #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED /* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */ static int quoted_strlen (s) char *s; { register char *p; int i; i = 0; for (p = s; *p; p++) { if (*p == CTLESC) { p++; if (*p == 0) return (i + 1); } i++; } return i; } #endif #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED /* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */ static char * quoted_strchr (s, c, flags) char *s; int c, flags; { register char *p; for (p = s; *p; p++) { if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\') || ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC)) { p++; if (*p == '\0') return ((char *)NULL); continue; } else if (*p == c) return p; } return ((char *)NULL); } /* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */ static int unquoted_member (character, string) int character; char *string; { size_t slen; int sindex, c; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); sindex = 0; while (c = string[sindex]) { if (c == character) return (1); switch (c) { default: ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); break; case '\\': sindex++; if (string[sindex]) ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); break; case '\'': sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0); break; case '"': sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0); break; } } return (0); } /* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */ static int unquoted_substring (substr, string) char *substr, *string; { size_t slen; int sindex, c, sublen; DECLARE_MBSTATE; if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0') return (0); slen = strlen (string); sublen = strlen (substr); for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; ) { if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen)) return (1); switch (c) { case '\\': sindex++; if (string[sindex]) ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); break; case '\'': sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0); break; case '"': sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0); break; default: ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); break; } } return (0); } #endif /* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a pointer to an integer which is the current length of the character array for this string. */ /* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it. Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */ INLINE char * sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size) char *source, *target; size_t *indx; size_t *size; { if (source) { size_t n, srclen; srclen = STRLEN (source); if (srclen >= (*size - *indx)) { n = srclen + *indx; n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n)); } FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen); *indx += srclen; target[*indx] = '\0'; free (source); } return (target); } #if 0 /* UNUSED */ /* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET. INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */ char * sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size) intmax_t number; char *target; size_t *indx; size_t *size; { char *temp; temp = itos (number); return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size)); } #endif /* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character. Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME) is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell, everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over. If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */ static char * string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags) char *string; int *sindex; char *charlist; int flags; { register int c, i; int found; size_t slen; char *temp; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0; i = *sindex; found = 0; while (c = string[i]) { if (c == '\\') { if (string[i + 1]) i++; else break; } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) else if ((flags & SX_VARNAME) && c == LBRACK) { int ni; /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */ ni = skipsubscript (string, i, 0); if (string[ni] == RBRACK) i = ni; } #endif else if (MEMBER (c, charlist)) { found = 1; break; } ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an error and let the caller deal with it. */ if ((flags & SX_REQMATCH) && found == 0) { *sindex = i; return (&extract_string_error); } temp = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i); *sindex = i; return (temp); } /* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes. SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte. Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */ static char * string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, flags) char *string; int *sindex, flags; { size_t slen; char *send; int j, i, t; unsigned char c; char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */ int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */ int dquote; int stripdq; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; send = string + slen; stripdq = (flags & SX_STRIPDQ); pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0; temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex); j = 0; i = *sindex; while (c = string[i]) { /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */ if (pass_next) { /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */ /* Posix.2 sez: ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape character only when followed by one of the characters: $ ` " \ ''. If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, we have already been through one round of backslash stripping, and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero, indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */ /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip backslashes before characters for which the backslash retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in front of other characters. If we are not in an embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all. This mess is necessary because the string was already surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird quoting rules). The returned string will be run through expansion as if it were double-quoted. */ if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') || (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0))) temp[j++] = '\\'; pass_next = 0; add_one_character: COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i); continue; } /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but a double quote. */ if (c == '\\') { pass_next++; i++; continue; } /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters removed, defines that command''. */ if (backquote) { if (c == '`') backquote = 0; temp[j++] = c; /* COPY_CHAR_I? */ i++; continue; } if (c == '`') { temp[j++] = c; backquote++; i++; continue; } /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */ if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE))) { int free_ret = 1; si = i + 2; if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN) ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, (flags & SX_COMPLETE)); else ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0); temp[j++] = '$'; temp[j++] = string[i + 1]; /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error is set. */ if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error) { free_ret = 0; ret = string + i + 2; } /* XXX - CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN here? */ for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++) temp[j] = ret[t]; temp[j] = string[si]; if (si < i + 2) /* we went back? */ i += 2; else if (string[si]) { j++; i = si + 1; } else i = si; if (free_ret) free (ret); continue; } /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're accumulating. */ if (c != '"') goto add_one_character; /* c == '"' */ if (stripdq) { dquote ^= 1; i++; continue; } break; } temp[j] = '\0'; /* Point to after the closing quote. */ if (c) i++; *sindex = i; return (temp); } /* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */ static int skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind, flags) char *string; size_t slen; int sind; int flags; { int c, i; char *ret; int pass_next, backquote, si; DECLARE_MBSTATE; pass_next = backquote = 0; i = sind; while (c = string[i]) { if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (c == '\\') { pass_next++; i++; continue; } else if (backquote) { if (c == '`') backquote = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (c == '`') { backquote++; i++; continue; } else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE))) { si = i + 2; if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN) ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, SX_NOALLOC|(flags&SX_COMPLETE)); else ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, SX_NOALLOC); /* These can consume the entire string if they are unterminated */ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } else if (c != '"') { ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else break; } if (c) i++; return (i); } /* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes. SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after the closing single quote. ALLOWESC allows the single quote to be quoted by a backslash; it's not used yet. */ static inline char * string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex, allowesc) char *string; int *sindex; int allowesc; { register int i; size_t slen; char *t; int pass_next; DECLARE_MBSTATE; /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0; i = *sindex; pass_next = 0; while (string[i]) { if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } if (allowesc && string[i] == '\\') pass_next++; else if (string[i] == '\'') break; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } t = substring (string, *sindex, i); if (string[i]) i++; *sindex = i; return (t); } /* Skip over a single-quoted string. We overload the SX_COMPLETE flag to mean that we are splitting out words for completion and have encountered a $'...' string, which allows backslash-escaped single quotes. */ static inline int skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind, flags) const char *string; size_t slen; int sind; int flags; { register int c; DECLARE_MBSTATE; c = sind; while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'') { if ((flags & SX_COMPLETE) && string[c] == '\\' && string[c+1] == '\'' && string[c+2]) ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c); ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c); } if (string[c]) c++; return c; } /* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */ static char * string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist, flags) char *string; size_t slen; int *sindex; char *charlist; int flags; { register int i; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) wchar_t *wcharlist; #endif int c; char *temp; DECLARE_MBSTATE; if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) && charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0') { temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex, 0); --*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */ return temp; } /* This can never be called with charlist == NULL. If *charlist == NULL, we can skip the loop and just return a copy of the string, updating *sindex */ if (*charlist == 0) { temp = string + *sindex; c = (*sindex == 0) ? slen : STRLEN (temp); temp = savestring (temp); *sindex += c; return temp; } i = *sindex; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) wcharlist = 0; #endif while (c = string[i]) { #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) size_t mblength; #endif if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) == 0 && c == CTLESC) { i += 2; CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, i, slen, c); continue; } /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to remove_quoted_nulls. */ else if ((flags & SX_NOESCCTLNUL) == 0 && c == CTLESC && string[i+1] == CTLNUL) { i += 2; CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, i, slen, c); continue; } #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (locale_utf8locale && slen > i && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (string[i])) mblength = (string[i] != 0) ? 1 : 0; else mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i); if (mblength > 1) { wchar_t wc; mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i); if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength)) { if (MEMBER (c, charlist)) break; } else { if (wcharlist == 0) { size_t len; len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0); if (len == -1) len = 0; wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1)); mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1); } if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc)) break; } } else #endif if (MEMBER (c, charlist)) break; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) FREE (wcharlist); #endif temp = substring (string, *sindex, i); *sindex = i; return (temp); } /* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string. Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(". Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". ) XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */ char * extract_command_subst (string, sindex, xflags) char *string; int *sindex; int xflags; { char *ret; if (string[*sindex] == LPAREN || (xflags & SX_COMPLETE)) return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", xflags|SX_COMMAND)); /*)*/ else { xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0); ret = xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags); return ret; } } /* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (]) Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[". Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */ char * extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex) char *string; int *sindex; { return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/ } #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) /* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string. Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(". Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/ char * extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex, xflags) char *string; char *starter; int *sindex; int xflags; { #if 0 /* XXX - check xflags&SX_COMPLETE here? */ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND)); #else xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0); return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags)); #endif } #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren, we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */ char * extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex) char *string; int *sindex; { int slen; char *ret; slen = strlen (string); if (string[slen - 1] == RPAREN) { ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1); *sindex = slen - 1; return ret; } return 0; } #endif /* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING; it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit, SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER. If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null, contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus needs to be skipped. */ static char * extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags) char *string; int *sindex; char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer; int flags; { int i, c, si; size_t slen; char *t, *result; int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment; int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; len_opener = STRLEN (opener); len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener); len_closer = STRLEN (closer); pass_character = in_comment = 0; nesting_level = 1; i = *sindex; while (nesting_level) { c = string[i]; /* If a recursive call or a call to ADVANCE_CHAR leaves the index beyond the end of the string, catch it and cut the loop. */ if (i > slen) { i = slen; c = string[i = slen]; break; } if (c == 0) break; if (in_comment) { if (c == '\n') in_comment = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */ { pass_character = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string[i - 1]))) { in_comment = 1; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\') { pass_character++; i++; continue; } /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an arithmetic substitution. */ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN) { si = i + 2; t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } /* Process a nested OPENER. */ if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener)) { si = i + len_opener; t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */ if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener)) { si = i + len_alt_opener; t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement the nesting level. */ if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer)) { i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */ nesting_level--; if (nesting_level == 0) break; } /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */ if (c == '`') { si = i + 1; t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */ if (c == '\'' || c == '"') { si = i + 1; i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si, 0) : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si, 0); continue; } /* move past this character, which was not special. */ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } if (c == 0 && nesting_level) { if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0) { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string); exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } else { *sindex = i; return (char *)NULL; } } si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1; if (flags & SX_NOALLOC) result = (char *)NULL; else { result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si); strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si); result[si] = '\0'; } *sindex = i; return (result); } /* A simplified version of extract_dollar_brace_string that exists to handle $'...' and $"..." quoting in here-documents, since the here-document read path doesn't. It's separate because we don't want to mess with the fast common path. We already know we're going to allocate and return a new string and quoted == Q_HERE_DOCUMENT. We might be able to cut it down some more, but extracting strings and adding them as we go adds complexity. This needs to match the logic in parse.y:parse_matched_pair so we get consistent behavior between here-documents and double-quoted strings. */ static char * extract_heredoc_dolbrace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags) char *string; int *sindex, quoted, flags; { register int i, c; size_t slen, tlen, result_index, result_size; int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state; char *result, *t, *send; DECLARE_MBSTATE; pass_character = 0; nesting_level = 1; slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; send = string + slen; result_size = slen; result_index = 0; result = xmalloc (result_size + 1); /* This function isn't called if this condition is not true initially. */ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; i = *sindex; while (c = string[i]) { if (pass_character) { pass_character = 0; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, locale_mb_cur_max + 1, result_size, 64); COPY_CHAR_I (result, result_index, string, send, i); continue; } /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\') { pass_character++; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, 2, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; i++; continue; } /* The entire reason we have this separate function right here. */ if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == '\'') { char *ttrans; int ttranslen; if ((posixly_correct || extended_quote == 0) && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE2) { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, 3, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = '$'; result[result_index++] = '\''; i += 2; continue; } si = i + 2; t = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &si, 1); /* XXX */ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); tlen = si - i - 2; /* -2 since si is one after the close quote */ ttrans = ansiexpand (t, 0, tlen, &ttranslen); free (t); /* needed to correctly quote any embedded single quotes. */ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_QUOTE || dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_QUOTE2) { t = sh_single_quote (ttrans); tlen = strlen (t); free (ttrans); } else if (extended_quote) /* dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM */ { /* This matches what parse.y:parse_matched_pair() does */ t = ttrans; tlen = strlen (t); } RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, tlen + 1, result_size, 64); strncpy (result + result_index, t, tlen); result_index += tlen; free (t); i = si; continue; } #if defined (TRANSLATABLE_STRINGS) if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == '"') { char *ttrans; int ttranslen; si = i + 2; t = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &si, flags); /* XXX */ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); tlen = si - i - 2; /* -2 since si is one after the close quote */ ttrans = locale_expand (t, 0, tlen, line_number, &ttranslen); free (t); t = singlequote_translations ? sh_single_quote (ttrans) : sh_mkdoublequoted (ttrans, ttranslen, 0); tlen = strlen (t); free (ttrans); RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, tlen + 1, result_size, 64); strncpy (result + result_index, t, tlen); result_index += tlen; free (t); i = si; continue; } #endif /* TRANSLATABLE_STRINGS */ if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE) { nesting_level++; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, 3, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; result[result_index++] = string[i+1]; i += 2; if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_QUOTE || dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_QUOTE2 || dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_WORD) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_PARAM; continue; } if (c == RBRACE) { nesting_level--; if (nesting_level == 0) break; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, 2, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; i++; continue; } /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through verbatim. */ if (c == '`') { si = i + 1; t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags); /* already know (flags & SX_NOALLOC) == 0) */ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); tlen = si - i - 1; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, tlen + 3, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; strncpy (result + result_index, t, tlen); result_index += tlen; result[result_index++] = string[si]; free (t); i = si + 1; continue; } /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN) { si = i + 2; t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); tlen = si - i - 1; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, tlen + 4, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; result[result_index++] = LPAREN; strncpy (result + result_index, t, tlen); result_index += tlen; result[result_index++] = string[si]; free (t); i = si + 1; continue; } #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) /* Technically this should only work at the start of a word */ if ((string[i] == '<' || string[i] == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN) { si = i + 2; t = extract_process_subst (string, (string[i] == '<' ? "<(" : ">)"), &si, flags); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); tlen = si - i - 1; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, tlen + 4, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; result[result_index++] = LPAREN; strncpy (result + result_index, t, tlen); result_index += tlen; result[result_index++] = string[si]; free (t); i = si + 1; continue; } #endif if (c == '\'' && posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 42 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE) { COPY_CHAR_I (result, result_index, string, send, i); continue; } /* Pass the contents of single and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */ if (c == '"' || c == '\'') { si = i + 1; if (c == '"') t = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &si, flags); else t = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &si, 0); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); tlen = si - i - 2; /* -2 since si is one after the close quote */ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (result, result_index, tlen + 3, result_size, 64); result[result_index++] = c; strncpy (result + result_index, t, tlen); result_index += tlen; result[result_index++] = string[si - 1]; free (t); i = si; continue; } /* copy this character, which was not special. */ COPY_CHAR_I (result, result_index, string, send, i); /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they share the same defines. */ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE2; /* XXX */ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; /* This is intended to handle all of the [:]op expansions and the substring/ length/pattern removal/pattern substitution expansions. */ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD; } if (c == 0 && nesting_level) { free (result); if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0) { /* { */ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string); exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } else { *sindex = i; return ((char *)NULL); } } *sindex = i; result[result_index] = '\0'; return (result); } #define PARAMEXPNEST_MAX 32 // for now static int dbstate[PARAMEXPNEST_MAX]; /* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING. Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions. SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING; it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this occurs inside double quotes. */ /* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */ static char * extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags) char *string; int *sindex, quoted, flags; { register int i, c; size_t slen; int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state; char *result, *t; DECLARE_MBSTATE; /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y: parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the case where this function is called to parse the word in ${param op word} (SX_WORD). */ dolbrace_state = (flags & SX_WORD) ? DOLBRACE_WORD : DOLBRACE_PARAM; if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && (flags & SX_POSIXEXP)) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; if (quoted == Q_HERE_DOCUMENT && dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (flags & SX_NOALLOC) == 0) return (extract_heredoc_dolbrace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)); dbstate[0] = dolbrace_state; pass_character = 0; nesting_level = 1; slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; i = *sindex; while (c = string[i]) { if (pass_character) { pass_character = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\') { pass_character++; i++; continue; } if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE) { if (nesting_level < PARAMEXPNEST_MAX) dbstate[nesting_level] = dolbrace_state; nesting_level++; i += 2; if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_QUOTE || dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_WORD) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_PARAM; continue; } if (c == RBRACE) { nesting_level--; if (nesting_level == 0) break; dolbrace_state = (nesting_level < PARAMEXPNEST_MAX) ? dbstate[nesting_level] : dbstate[0]; /* Guess using initial state */ i++; continue; } /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through verbatim. */ if (c == '`') { si = i + 1; t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN) { si = i + 2; t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) /* Technically this should only work at the start of a word */ if ((string[i] == '<' || string[i] == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN) { si = i + 2; t = extract_process_subst (string, (string[i] == '<' ? "<(" : ">)"), &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si + 1; continue; } #endif /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */ if (c == '"') { si = i + 1; i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si, 0); /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */ continue; } if (c == '\'') { /*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/ if (posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 42 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); else { si = i + 1; i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si, 0); } continue; } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (c == LBRACK && dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM) { si = skipsubscript (string, i, 0); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); if (string[si] == RBRACK) c = string[i = si]; } #endif /* move past this character, which was not special. */ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they share the same defines. */ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE2; /* XXX */ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE; /* This is intended to handle all of the [:]op expansions and the substring/ length/pattern removal/pattern substitution expansions. */ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP; else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0) dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD; } if (c == 0 && nesting_level) { if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0) { /* { */ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string); exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } else { *sindex = i; return ((char *)NULL); } } result = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i); *sindex = i; return (result); } /* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */ char * de_backslash (string) char *string; { register size_t slen; register int i, j, prev_i; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); i = j = 0; /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */ while (i < slen) { if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' || string[i + 1] == '$')) i++; prev_i = i; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); if (j < prev_i) do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i); else j = i; } string[j] = '\0'; return (string); } #if 0 /*UNUSED*/ /* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */ void unquote_bang (string) char *string; { register int i, j; register char *temp; temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string)); for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++) { if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!') { temp[j] = '!'; i++; } } strcpy (string, temp); free (temp); } #endif #define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = oldjmp; return (x); } while (0) /* When FLAGS & 2 == 0, this function assumes STRING[I] == OPEN; when FLAGS & 2 != 0, it assumes STRING[I] points to one character past OPEN; returns with STRING[RET] == close; used to parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means not to attempt to skip over matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()) or during execution by a builtin which has already undergone word expansion. */ static int skip_matched_pair (string, start, open, close, flags) const char *string; int start, open, close, flags; { int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, count, oldjmp; size_t slen; char *temp, *ss; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string + start) + start; oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error; no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; /* Move to the first character after a leading OPEN. If FLAGS&2, we assume that START already points to that character. If not, we need to skip over it here. */ i = (flags & 2) ? start : start + 1; count = 1; pass_next = backq = 0; ss = (char *)string; while (c = string[i]) { if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; if (c == 0) CQ_RETURN(i); ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '\\') { pass_next = 1; i++; continue; } else if (backq) { if (c == '`') backq = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '`') { backq = 1; i++; continue; } else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == open) { count++; i++; continue; } else if (c == close) { count--; if (count == 0) break; i++; continue; } else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c == '\'' || c == '"')) { i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss, slen, ++i, 0) : skip_double_quoted (ss, slen, ++i, 0); /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */ } else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE)) { si = i + 2; if (string[si] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(si); /* XXX - extract_command_subst here? */ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN) temp = extract_delimited_string (ss, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */ else temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (ss, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si; if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */ break; i++; continue; } else ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } CQ_RETURN(i); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* FLAGS has 1 as a reserved value, since skip_matched_pair uses it for skipping over quoted strings and taking the first instance of the closing character. FLAGS & 2 means that STRING[START] points one character past the open bracket; FLAGS & 2 == 0 means that STRING[START] points to the open bracket. skip_matched_pair knows how to deal with this. */ int skipsubscript (string, start, flags) const char *string; int start, flags; { return (skip_matched_pair (string, start, '[', ']', flags)); } #endif /* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other functions of that ilk. */ int skip_to_delim (string, start, delims, flags) char *string; int start; char *delims; int flags; { int i, pass_next, backq, dquote, si, c, oldjmp; int invert, skipquote, skipcmd, noprocsub, completeflag; int arithexp, skipcol; size_t slen; char *temp, open[3]; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string + start) + start; oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error; if (flags & SD_NOJMP) no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; invert = (flags & SD_INVERT); skipcmd = (flags & SD_NOSKIPCMD) == 0; noprocsub = (flags & SD_NOPROCSUB); completeflag = (flags & SD_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0; arithexp = (flags & SD_ARITHEXP); skipcol = 0; i = start; pass_next = backq = dquote = 0; while (c = string[i]) { /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or double-quoted strings. */ skipquote = ((flags & SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) && (c == '\'' || c =='"')); if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; if (c == 0) CQ_RETURN(i); ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (c == '\\') { pass_next = 1; i++; continue; } else if (backq) { if (c == '`') backq = 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (c == '`') { backq = 1; i++; continue; } else if (arithexp && skipcol && c == ':') { skipcol--; i++; continue; } else if (arithexp && c == '?') { skipcol++; i++; continue; } else if (skipquote == 0 && invert == 0 && member (c, delims)) break; /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a delimiter. */ /* special case for programmable completion which takes place before parser converts backslash-escaped single quotes between $'...' to `regular' single-quoted strings. */ else if (completeflag && i > 0 && string[i-1] == '$' && c == '\'') i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, SX_COMPLETE); else if (c == '\'') i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0); else if (c == '"') i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, completeflag); else if (c == LPAREN && arithexp) { si = i + 1; if (string[si] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(si); temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */ i = si; if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */ break; i++; continue; } else if (c == '$' && ((skipcmd && string[i+1] == LPAREN) || string[i+1] == LBRACE)) { si = i + 2; if (string[si] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(si); if (string[i+1] == LPAREN) temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND|completeflag); /* ) */ else temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC); CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si; if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */ break; i++; continue; } #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) else if (skipcmd && noprocsub == 0 && (c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN) { si = i + 2; if (string[si] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(si); temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", "(", ")", SX_COMMAND|SX_NOALLOC); /* )) */ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si; if (string[i] == '\0') break; i++; continue; } #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ #if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB) else if ((flags & SD_EXTGLOB) && extended_glob && string[i+1] == LPAREN && member (c, "?*+!@")) { si = i + 2; if (string[si] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(si); open[0] = c; open[1] = LPAREN; open[2] = '\0'; temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, open, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c); i = si; if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */ break; i++; continue; } #endif else if ((flags & SD_GLOB) && c == LBRACK) { si = i + 1; if (string[si] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(si); temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "[", "[", "]", SX_NOALLOC); /* ] */ i = si; if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */ break; i++; continue; } else if ((skipquote || invert) && (member (c, delims) == 0)) break; else ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } CQ_RETURN(i); } #if defined (BANG_HISTORY) /* Skip to the history expansion character (delims[0]), paying attention to quoted strings and command and process substitution. This is a stripped- down version of skip_to_delims. The essential difference is that this resets the quoting state when starting a command substitution */ int skip_to_histexp (string, start, delims, flags) char *string; int start; char *delims; int flags; { int i, pass_next, backq, dquote, c, oldjmp; int histexp_comsub, histexp_backq, old_dquote; size_t slen; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string + start) + start; oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error; if (flags & SD_NOJMP) no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; histexp_comsub = histexp_backq = old_dquote = 0; i = start; pass_next = backq = dquote = 0; while (c = string[i]) { if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; if (c == 0) CQ_RETURN(i); ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (c == '\\') { pass_next = 1; i++; continue; } else if (backq && c == '`') { backq = 0; histexp_backq--; dquote = old_dquote; i++; continue; } else if (c == '`') { backq = 1; histexp_backq++; old_dquote = dquote; /* simple - one level for now */ dquote = 0; i++; continue; } /* When in double quotes, act as if the double quote is a member of history_no_expand_chars, like the history library does */ else if (dquote && c == delims[0] && string[i+1] == '"') { i++; continue; } else if (c == delims[0]) break; /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a delimiter. */ else if (dquote && c == '\'') { i++; continue; } else if (c == '\'') i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0); /* The posixly_correct test makes posix-mode shells allow double quotes to quote the history expansion character */ else if (posixly_correct == 0 && c == '"') { dquote = 1 - dquote; i++; continue; } else if (c == '"') i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0); #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) else if ((c == '$' || c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN && string[i+2] != LPAREN) #else else if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN && string[i+2] != LPAREN) #endif { if (string[i+2] == '\0') CQ_RETURN(i+2); i += 2; histexp_comsub++; old_dquote = dquote; dquote = 0; } else if (histexp_comsub && c == RPAREN) { histexp_comsub--; dquote = old_dquote; i++; continue; } else if (backq) /* placeholder */ { ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } CQ_RETURN(i); } #endif /* BANG_HISTORY */ #if defined (READLINE) /* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this recognizes need to be the same as the contents of rl_completer_quote_characters. */ int char_is_quoted (string, eindex) char *string; int eindex; { int i, pass_next, c, oldjmp; size_t slen; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error; no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; i = pass_next = 0; /* If we have an open quoted string from a previous line, see if it's closed before string[eindex], so we don't interpret that close quote as starting a new quoted string. */ if (current_command_line_count > 0 && dstack.delimiter_depth > 0) { c = dstack.delimiters[dstack.delimiter_depth - 1]; if (c == '\'') i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, 0, 0); else if (c == '"') i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, 0, SX_COMPLETE); if (i > eindex) CQ_RETURN (1); } while (i <= eindex) { c = string[i]; if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */ CQ_RETURN(1); ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (c == '\\') { pass_next = 1; i++; continue; } else if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == '\'' && string[i+2]) { i += 2; i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i, SX_COMPLETE); if (i > eindex) CQ_RETURN (i); } else if (c == '\'' || c == '"') { i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0) : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, SX_COMPLETE); if (i > eindex) CQ_RETURN(1); /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */ } else ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } CQ_RETURN(0); } int unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr) char *string; int eindex; char *openstr; { int i, pass_next, openc, olen; size_t slen; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); olen = strlen (openstr); i = pass_next = openc = 0; while (i <= eindex) { if (pass_next) { pass_next = 0; if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */ return 0; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); continue; } else if (string[i] == '\\') { pass_next = 1; i++; continue; } else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen)) { openc = 1 - openc; i += olen; } /* XXX - may want to handle $'...' specially here */ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"') { i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i, 0) : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i, SX_COMPLETE); if (i > eindex) return 0; } else ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } return (openc); } /* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL, gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in DELIMS delimit separate fields. This is used by programmable completion. */ WORD_LIST * split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, flags, nwp, cwp) char *string; int slen; const char *delims; int sentinel, flags; int *nwp, *cwp; { int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split, dflags; char *token, *d, *d2; WORD_LIST *ret, *tl; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') { if (nwp) *nwp = 0; if (cwp) *cwp = 0; return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); } d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : (char *)delims; ifs_split = delims == 0; /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */ d2 = 0; if (delims) { size_t slength; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) size_t mblength = 1; #endif DECLARE_MBSTATE; slength = strlen (delims); d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1); i = ts = 0; while (delims[i]) { #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) mbstate_t state_bak; state_bak = state; mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state); if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength)) state = state_bak; else if (mblength > 1) { memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength); ts += mblength; i += mblength; slength -= mblength; continue; } #endif if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0) d2[ts++] = delims[i]; i++; slength--; } d2[ts] = '\0'; } ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as long as those characters are delimiters. */ for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++) ; if (string[i] == '\0') { FREE (d2); return (ret); } ts = i; nw = 0; cw = -1; dflags = flags|SD_NOJMP; while (1) { te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d, dflags); /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */ if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2)) { te = ts + 1; /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */ if (ifs_split) while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"'))) te++; else while (member (string[te], d2) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"'))) te++; } token = substring (string, ts, te); ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret); /* XXX */ free (token); nw++; if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te) cw = nw; /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the sentinel word to the current word. */ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1) cw = nw; /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order) the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts) { tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next); ret->next = tl; cw = nw; nw++; } if (string[te] == 0) break; i = te; /* XXX - honor SD_NOQUOTEDELIM here */ while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"'))) i++; if (string[i]) ts = i; else break; } /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token, possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace) add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */ if (cwp && cw == -1 && (sentinel >= slen || sentinel >= te)) { if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1])) { token = ""; ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret); nw++; } cw = nw; } if (nwp) *nwp = nw; if (cwp) *cwp = cw; FREE (d2); return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *)); } #endif /* READLINE */ #if 0 /* UNUSED */ /* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */ char * assignment_name (string) char *string; { int offset; char *temp; offset = assignment (string, 0); if (offset == 0) return (char *)NULL; temp = substring (string, 0, offset); return (temp); } #endif /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ /* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */ /* */ /* **************************************************************** */ /* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */ char * string_list_internal (list, sep) WORD_LIST *list; char *sep; { register WORD_LIST *t; char *result, *r; size_t word_len, sep_len, result_size; if (list == 0) return ((char *)NULL); /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */ if (list->next == 0) return (savestring (list->word->word)); /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */ sep_len = STRLEN (sep); result_size = 0; for (t = list; t; t = t->next) { if (t != list) result_size += sep_len; result_size += strlen (t->word->word); } r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1); for (t = list; t; t = t->next) { if (t != list && sep_len) { if (sep_len > 1) { FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len); r += sep_len; } else *r++ = sep[0]; } word_len = strlen (t->word->word); FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len); r += word_len; } *r = '\0'; return (result); } /* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating each word with a space. */ char * string_list (list) WORD_LIST *list; { return (string_list_internal (list, " ")); } /* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the length of the returned string. */ char * ifs_firstchar (lenp) int *lenp; { char *ret; int len; ret = xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX + 1); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (ifs_firstc_len == 1) { ret[0] = ifs_firstc[0]; ret[1] = '\0'; len = ret[0] ? 1 : 0; } else { memcpy (ret, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len); ret[len = ifs_firstc_len] = '\0'; } #else ret[0] = ifs_firstc; ret[1] = '\0'; len = ret[0] ? 0 : 1; #endif if (lenp) *lenp = len; return ret; } /* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of the IFS variable, or by a if IFS is unset." */ /* Posix interpretation 888 changes this when IFS is null by specifying that when unquoted, this expands to separate arguments */ char * string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, flags) WORD_LIST *list; int quoted, flags; { char *ret; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) # if defined (__GNUC__) char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1]; # else char *sep = 0; # endif #else char sep[2]; #endif #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) # if !defined (__GNUC__) sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1); # endif /* !__GNUC__ */ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1) { sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0]; sep[1] = '\0'; } else { memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len); sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0'; } #else sep[0] = ifs_firstc; sep[1] = '\0'; #endif ret = string_list_internal (list, sep); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__) free (sep); #endif return ret; } /* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is , IFS characters in the words in the list should also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters exactly. Valid values for the FLAGS argument are the PF_ flags in command.h, the only one we care about is PF_ASSIGNRHS. $@ is supposed to expand to the positional parameters separated by spaces no matter what IFS is set to if in a context where word splitting is not performed. The only one that we didn't handle before is assignment statement arguments to declaration builtins like `declare'. */ char * string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, flags) WORD_LIST *list; int quoted; int flags; { char *ifs, *ret; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) # if defined (__GNUC__) char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1]; # else char *sep = 0; # endif /* !__GNUC__ */ #else char sep[2]; #endif WORD_LIST *tlist; /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */ ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) # if !defined (__GNUC__) sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1); # endif /* !__GNUC__ */ /* XXX - testing PF_ASSIGNRHS to make sure positional parameters are separated with a space even when word splitting will not occur. */ if (flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) { sep[0] = ' '; sep[1] = '\0'; } else if (ifs && *ifs) { if (ifs_firstc_len == 1) { sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0]; sep[1] = '\0'; } else { memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len); sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0'; } } else { sep[0] = ' '; sep[1] = '\0'; } #else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ /* XXX - PF_ASSIGNRHS means no word splitting, so we want positional parameters separated by a space. */ sep[0] = ((flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) || ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs; sep[1] = '\0'; #endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */ tlist = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? quote_list (list) : list_quote_escapes (list); ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__) free (sep); #endif return ret; } /* Turn the positional parameters into a string, understanding quoting and the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and string_list as appropriate. */ /* This needs to fully understand the additional contexts where word splitting does not occur (W_ASSIGNRHS, etc.) */ char * string_list_pos_params (pchar, list, quoted, pflags) int pchar; WORD_LIST *list; int quoted, pflags; { char *ret; WORD_LIST *tlist; if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) { tlist = quote_list (list); word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist); ret = string_list_dollar_star (tlist, 0, 0); } else if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) { tlist = quote_list (list); word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist); ret = string_list (tlist); } else if (pchar == '*' && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) /* XXX */ ret = expand_no_split_dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */ else if (pchar == '*' && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) /* XXX */ ret = expand_no_split_dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */ else if (pchar == '*') { /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the separator. */ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0); } else if (pchar == '@' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for later splitting. */ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); else if (pchar == '@' && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) /* XXX */ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */ else if (pchar == '@' && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags); /* Posix interp 888 */ else if (pchar == '@') ret = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0); else ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (list) : list); return ret; } /* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit. This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is exactly , then the splitting algorithm is that of the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators' as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more occurrences of , , or , as long as those characters are in `separators'): 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the string. 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of IFS white space delimits a field. 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field. */ /* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and expect to have "" preserved! */ /* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on STRING. */ #define issep(c) \ (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \ : (c) == (separators)[0]) \ : 0) /* member of the space character class in the current locale */ #define ifs_whitespace(c) ISSPACE(c) /* "adjacent IFS white space" */ #define ifs_whitesep(c) ((sh_style_split || separators == 0) ? spctabnl (c) \ : ifs_whitespace (c)) WORD_LIST * list_string (string, separators, quoted) register char *string, *separators; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *result; WORD_DESC *t; char *current_word, *s; int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags, free_word; size_t slen; if (!string || !*string) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' && separators[1] == '\t' && separators[2] == '\n' && separators[3] == '\0'; for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++) { if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC; else if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL; } slen = 0; /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. We use the Posix definition of whitespace as a member of the space character class in the current locale. */ #if 0 if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators) #else /* issep() requires that separators be non-null, and always returns 0 if separator is the empty string, so don't bother if we get an empty string for separators. We already returned NULL above if STRING is empty. */ if (!quoted && separators && *separators) #endif { for (s = string; *s && issep (*s) && ifs_whitespace (*s); s++); if (!*s) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); string = s; } /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space. The splitting algorithm is: extract a word, stopping at a separator skip sequences of whitespace characters as long as they are separators This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */ slen = STRLEN (string); for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; ) { /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags); if (current_word == 0) break; free_word = 1; /* If non-zero, we free current_word */ /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed below. */ if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word)) { t = alloc_word_desc (); t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0'); t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; result = make_word_list (t, result); } else if (current_word[0] != '\0') { /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However, perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */ remove_quoted_nulls (current_word); /* We don't want to set the word flags based on the string contents here -- that's mostly for the parser -- so we just allocate a WORD_DESC *, assign current_word (noting that we don't want to free it), and skip all of make_word. */ t = alloc_word_desc (); t->word = current_word; result = make_word_list (t, result); free_word = 0; result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED; /* If removing quoted null characters leaves an empty word, note that we saw this for the caller to act on. */ if (current_word == 0 || current_word[0] == '\0') result->word->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; } /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */ else if (!sh_style_split && !ifs_whitespace (string[sindex])) { t = alloc_word_desc (); t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0'); t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; result = make_word_list (t, result); } if (free_word) free (current_word); /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */ whitesep = string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]); /* Move past the current separator character. */ if (string[sindex]) { DECLARE_MBSTATE; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); } /* Now skip sequences of whitespace characters if they are in the list of separators. */ while (string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex])) sindex++; /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */ if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !ifs_whitesep (string[sindex])) { sindex++; /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */ while (string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex])) sindex++; } } return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *)); } /* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields. ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by the `read' builtin. This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS, and takes advantage of that. XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be combined - XXX */ /* character is in $IFS */ #define islocalsep(c) (local_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0) char * get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr) char **stringp, *separators, **endptr; { register char *s; char *current_word; int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags; unsigned char local_cmap[UCHAR_MAX+1]; /* really only need single-byte chars here */ size_t slen; if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp) return ((char *)NULL); sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' && separators[1] == '\t' && separators[2] == '\n' && separators[3] == '\0'; memset (local_cmap, '\0', sizeof (local_cmap)); for (xflags = 0, s = separators; s && *s; s++) { if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC; if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL; local_cmap[(unsigned char)*s] = 1; /* local charmap of separators */ } s = *stringp; slen = 0; /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as long as those characters appear in SEPARATORS. This happens if SEPARATORS == $' \t\n' or if IFS is unset. */ if (sh_style_split || separators == 0) for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && islocalsep (*s); s++); else for (; *s && ifs_whitespace (*s) && islocalsep (*s); s++); /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */ if (!*s) { *stringp = s; if (endptr) *endptr = s; return ((char *)NULL); } /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space. Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators. This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */ sindex = 0; /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */ slen = STRLEN (s); current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags); /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */ if (endptr) *endptr = s + sindex; /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */ whitesep = s[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]); /* Move past the current separator character. */ if (s[sindex]) { DECLARE_MBSTATE; ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex); } /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are in the list of separators. */ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && islocalsep (s[sindex])) sindex++; /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */ if (s[sindex] && whitesep && islocalsep (s[sindex]) && !ifs_whitesep (s[sindex])) { sindex++; /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */ while (s[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]) && islocalsep(s[sindex])) sindex++; } /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */ *stringp = s + sindex; return (current_word); } /* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC. Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is non-zero. */ char * strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape) char *string, *separators; int saw_escape; { char *s; s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1; while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) || (saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1])))) s--; *++s = '\0'; return string; } #if 0 /* UNUSED */ /* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with backslashes, single and double quotes. */ WORD_LIST * list_string_with_quotes (string) char *string; { WORD_LIST *list; char *token, *s; size_t s_len; int c, i, tokstart, len; for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++) ; if (s == 0 || *s == 0) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); s_len = strlen (s); tokstart = i = 0; list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; while (1) { c = s[i]; if (c == '\\') { i++; if (s[i]) i++; } else if (c == '\'') i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i, 0); else if (c == '"') i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i, 0); else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c)) { /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and add it to the word list. */ token = substring (s, tokstart, i); list = add_string_to_list (token, list); free (token); while (spctabnl (s[i])) i++; if (s[i]) tokstart = i; else break; } else i++; /* normal character */ } return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *)); } #endif /********************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to perform assignment statements */ /* */ /********************************************************/ #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static SHELL_VAR * do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags) char *name, *value; int flags; { SHELL_VAR *v; int mklocal, mkassoc, mkglobal, chklocal; WORD_LIST *list; char *newname; /* used for local nameref references */ mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL; mkassoc = flags & ASS_MKASSOC; mkglobal = flags & ASS_MKGLOBAL; chklocal = flags & ASS_CHKLOCAL; if (mklocal && variable_context) { v = find_variable (name); /* follows namerefs */ newname = (v == 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name, flags) : v->name; if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v))) { if (readonly_p (v)) err_readonly (name); return (v); /* XXX */ } list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags); if (mkassoc) v = make_local_assoc_variable (newname, 0); else if (v == 0 || (array_p (v) == 0 && assoc_p (v) == 0) || v->context != variable_context) v = make_local_array_variable (newname, 0); if (v) assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags); if (list) dispose_words (list); } /* In a function but forcing assignment in global context. CHKLOCAL means to check for an existing local variable first. */ else if (mkglobal && variable_context) { v = chklocal ? find_variable (name) : 0; if (v && (local_p (v) == 0 || v->context != variable_context)) v = 0; if (v == 0) v = find_global_variable (name); if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v))) { if (readonly_p (v)) err_readonly (name); return (v); /* XXX */ } /* sanity check */ newname = (v == 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name, flags) : name; list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags); if (v == 0 && mkassoc) v = make_new_assoc_variable (newname); else if (v && mkassoc && assoc_p (v) == 0) v = convert_var_to_assoc (v); else if (v == 0) v = make_new_array_variable (newname); else if (v && mkassoc == 0 && array_p (v) == 0) v = convert_var_to_array (v); if (v) assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags); if (list) dispose_words (list); } else { v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags); if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v))) { if (readonly_p (v)) err_readonly (name); return (v); /* XXX */ } } return (v); } #endif /* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */ static int do_assignment_internal (word, expand) const WORD_DESC *word; int expand; { int offset, appendop, assign_list, aflags, retval; char *name, *value, *temp; SHELL_VAR *entry; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) char *t; int ni; #endif const char *string; if (word == 0 || word->word == 0) return 0; appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0; string = word->word; offset = assignment (string, 0); name = savestring (string); value = (char *)NULL; if (name[offset] == '=') { if (name[offset - 1] == '+') { appendop = 1; name[offset - 1] = '\0'; } name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */ temp = name + offset + 1; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)) { assign_list = ni = 1; value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni); } else #endif if (expand && temp[0]) value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment); else value = savestring (temp); } if (value == 0) { value = (char *)xmalloc (1); value[0] = '\0'; } if (echo_command_at_execute) { if (appendop) name[offset - 1] = '+'; xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1); if (appendop) name[offset - 1] = '\0'; } #define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0) if (appendop) aflags |= ASS_APPEND; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (t = mbschr (name, LBRACK)) { if (assign_list) { report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name); ASSIGN_RETURN (0); } aflags |= ASS_ALLOWALLSUB; /* allow a[@]=value for existing associative arrays */ entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags, (array_eltstate_t *)0); if (entry == 0) ASSIGN_RETURN (0); } else if (assign_list) { if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_CHKLOCAL)) aflags |= ASS_CHKLOCAL; if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL) == 0) aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL; if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL)) aflags |= ASS_MKGLOBAL; if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC) aflags |= ASS_MKASSOC; entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags); } else #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags); if (entry) stupidly_hack_special_variables (entry->name); /* might be a nameref */ else stupidly_hack_special_variables (name); /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */ if (entry == 0 || readonly_p (entry)) retval = 0; /* assignment failure */ else if (noassign_p (entry)) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); retval = 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */ } else retval = 1; if (entry && retval != 0 && noassign_p (entry) == 0) VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible); ASSIGN_RETURN (retval); } /* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */ int do_assignment (string) char *string; { WORD_DESC td; td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT; td.word = string; return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1); } int do_word_assignment (word, flags) WORD_DESC *word; int flags; { return do_assignment_internal (word, 1); } /* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word expansions on the right hand side. */ int do_assignment_no_expand (string) char *string; { WORD_DESC td; td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT; td.word = string; return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0)); } /*************************************************** * * * Functions to manage the positional parameters * * * ***************************************************/ /* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */ WORD_LIST * list_rest_of_args () { register WORD_LIST *list, *args; int i; /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */ for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++) list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list); for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next) list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list); return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *)); } /* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */ char * get_dollar_var_value (ind) intmax_t ind; { char *temp; WORD_LIST *p; if (ind < 10) temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL; else /* We want something like ${11} */ { ind -= 10; for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next) ; temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL; } return (temp); } /* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables, and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */ char * string_rest_of_args (dollar_star) int dollar_star; { register WORD_LIST *list; char *string; list = list_rest_of_args (); string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, 0, 0) : string_list (list); dispose_words (list); return (string); } /* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*, which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise no quoting chars are added. */ static char * pos_params (string, start, end, quoted, pflags) char *string; int start, end, quoted, pflags; { WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t; char *ret; int i; /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */ if (start == end) return ((char *)NULL); save = params = list_rest_of_args (); if (save == 0 && start > 0) return ((char *)NULL); if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */ { t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params); save = params = t; } for (i = start ? 1 : 0; params && i < start; i++) params = params->next; if (params == 0) { dispose_words (save); return ((char *)NULL); } for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++) { t = params; params = params->next; } t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; ret = string_list_pos_params (string[0], h, quoted, pflags); if (t != params) t->next = params; dispose_words (save); return (ret); } /******************************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */ /* */ /******************************************************************/ #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) #define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~') #else #define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~') #endif /* We don't perform process substitution in arithmetic expressions, so don't bother checking for it. */ #define ARITH_EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~') /* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion, then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */ static char * expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func) char *string; int quoted; EXPFUNC *func; { WORD_LIST *list; size_t slen; int i, saw_quote; char *ret; DECLARE_MBSTATE; /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0; i = saw_quote = 0; while (string[i]) { if (EXP_CHAR (string[i])) break; else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"') saw_quote = 1; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } if (string[i]) { list = (*func) (string, quoted); if (list) { ret = string_list (list); dispose_words (list); } else ret = (char *)NULL; } else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted); else ret = savestring (string); return ret; } static inline char * expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func) char *string; int quoted; EXPFUNC *func; { WORD_LIST *list; char *ret; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return ((char *)NULL); list = (*func) (string, quoted); if (list) { ret = string_list (list); dispose_words (list); } else ret = (char *)NULL; return (ret); } char * expand_string_to_string (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string)); } char * expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit)); } char * expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment)); } /* Kind of like a combination of dequote_string and quote_string_for_globbing; try to remove CTLESC quoting characters and convert CTLESC escaping a `&' or a backslash into a backslash. The output of this function must eventually be processed by strcreplace(). */ static char * quote_string_for_repl (string, flags) char *string; int flags; { size_t slen; char *result, *t; const char *s, *send; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; result = (char *)xmalloc (slen * 2 + 1); if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0) { result[0] = CTLESC; result[1] = '\0'; return (result); } /* This is awkward. We want to translate CTLESC-\ to \\ if we will eventually send this string through strcreplace(), which we will do only if shouldexp_replacement() determines that there is something to replace. We can either make sure to escape backslashes here and have shouldexp_replacement() signal that we should send the string to strcreplace() if it sees an escaped backslash, or we can scan the string before copying it and turn CTLESC-\ into \\ only if we encounter a CTLESC-& or a &. This does the former and changes shouldexp_replacement(). If we double the backslashes here, we'll get doubled backslashes in any result that doesn't get passed to strcreplace(). */ for (s = string, t = result; *s; ) { /* This function's result has to be processed by strcreplace() */ if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == '&' || s[1] == '\\')) { *t++ = '\\'; s++; *t++ = *s++; continue; } /* Dequote it */ if (*s == CTLESC) { s++; if (*s == '\0') break; } COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); } *t = '\0'; return (result); } /* This does not perform word splitting on the WORD_LIST it returns and it treats $* as if it were quoted. It dequotes the WORD_LIST, adds backslash escapes before CTLESC-quoted backslash and `& if patsub_replacement is enabled. */ static char * expand_string_for_patsub (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *value; char *ret, *t; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return (char *)NULL; value = expand_string_for_pat (string, quoted, (int *)0, (int *)0); if (value && value->word) { remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; } if (value) { t = (value->next) ? string_list (value) : value->word->word; ret = quote_string_for_repl (t, quoted); if (t != value->word->word) free (t); dispose_words (value); } else ret = (char *)NULL; return (ret); } char * expand_arith_string (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_DESC td; WORD_LIST *list, *tlist; size_t slen; int i, saw_quote; char *ret; DECLARE_MBSTATE; /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0; i = saw_quote = 0; while (string[i]) { if (ARITH_EXP_CHAR (string[i])) break; else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"') saw_quote = string[i]; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); } if (string[i]) { /* This is expanded version of expand_string_internal as it's called by expand_string_leave_quoted */ td.flags = W_NOPROCSUB|W_NOTILDE; /* don't want process substitution or tilde expansion */ #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */ if (quoted & Q_ARRAYSUB) td.flags |= W_NOCOMSUB; #endif td.word = savestring (string); list = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); /* This takes care of the calls from expand_string_leave_quoted and expand_string */ if (list) { tlist = word_list_split (list); dispose_words (list); list = tlist; if (list) dequote_list (list); } /* This comes from expand_string_if_necessary */ if (list) { ret = string_list (list); dispose_words (list); } else ret = (char *)NULL; FREE (td.word); } else if (saw_quote && (quoted & Q_ARITH)) ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted); else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted); else ret = savestring (string); return ret; } #if defined (COND_COMMAND) /* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */ char * remove_backslashes (string) char *string; { char *r, *ret, *s; r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1); for (s = string; s && *s; ) { if (*s == '\\') s++; if (*s == 0) break; *r++ = *s++; } *r = '\0'; return ret; } /* This needs better error handling. */ /* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. If SPECIAL is 3, this is an array subscript and should be quoted after expansion so it's only expanded once (Q_ARITH). The caller is responsible for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. In any case, since we don't perform word splitting, we need to do quoted null character removal. */ char * cond_expand_word (w, special) WORD_DESC *w; int special; { char *r, *p; WORD_LIST *l; int qflags; if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0') return ((char *)NULL); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; w->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2; qflags = (special == 3) ? Q_ARITH : 0; l = call_expand_word_internal (w, qflags, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; if (l) { if (special == 0) /* LHS */ { if (l->word) word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l); dequote_list (l); r = string_list (l); } else if (special == 3) /* arithmetic expression, Q_ARITH */ { if (l->word) word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l); /* for now */ dequote_list (l); r = string_list (l); } else { /* Need to figure out whether or not we should call dequote_escapes or a new dequote_ctlnul function here, and under what circumstances. */ qflags = QGLOB_CVTNULL|QGLOB_CTLESC; if (special == 2) qflags |= QGLOB_REGEXP; word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l); p = string_list (l); r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, qflags); free (p); } dispose_words (l); } else r = (char *)NULL; return r; } #endif /* Expand $'...' and $"..." in a string for code paths that don't do it. The FLAGS argument is 1 if this function should treat CTLESC as a quote character (e.g., for here-documents) or not (e.g., for shell_expand_line). */ char * expand_string_dollar_quote (string, flags) char *string; int flags; { size_t slen, retind, retsize; int sindex, c, translen, peekc, news; char *ret, *trans, *send, *t; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; sindex = 0; retsize = slen + 1; ret = xmalloc (retsize); retind = 0; while (c = string[sindex]) { switch (c) { default: RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, locale_mb_cur_max + 1, retsize, 64); COPY_CHAR_I (ret, retind, string, send, sindex); break; case '\\': RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, locale_mb_cur_max + 2, retsize, 64); ret[retind++] = string[sindex++]; if (string[sindex]) COPY_CHAR_I (ret, retind, string, send, sindex); break; case '\'': case '"': if (c == '\'') news = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, SX_COMPLETE); else news = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, SX_COMPLETE); translen = news - sindex - 1; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, translen + 3, retsize, 64); ret[retind++] = c; if (translen > 0) { strncpy (ret + retind, string + sindex, translen); retind += translen; } if (news > sindex && string[news - 1] == c) ret[retind++] = c; sindex = news; break; case CTLESC: RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, locale_mb_cur_max + 2, retsize, 64); if (flags) ret[retind++] = string[sindex++]; if (string[sindex]) COPY_CHAR_I (ret, retind, string, send, sindex); break; case '$': peekc = string[++sindex]; #if defined (TRANSLATABLE_STRINGS) if (peekc != '\'' && peekc != '"') #else if (peekc != '\'') #endif { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, 2, retsize, 16); ret[retind++] = c; break; } if (string[sindex + 1] == '\0') /* don't bother */ { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, 3, retsize, 16); ret[retind++] = c; ret[retind++] = peekc; sindex++; break; } if (peekc == '\'') { /* SX_COMPLETE is the equivalent of ALLOWESC here */ /* We overload SX_COMPLETE below */ news = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, SX_COMPLETE); /* Check for unclosed string and don't bother if so */ if (news > sindex && string[news] == '\0' && string[news-1] != peekc) { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, 3, retsize, 16); ret[retind++] = c; ret[retind++] = peekc; continue; } t = substring (string, sindex, news - 1); trans = ansiexpand (t, 0, news-sindex-1, &translen); free (t); t = sh_single_quote (trans); sindex = news; } #if defined (TRANSLATABLE_STRINGS) else { news = ++sindex; t = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &news, SX_COMPLETE); /* Check for unclosed string and don't bother if so */ if (news > sindex && string[news] == '\0' && string[news-1] != peekc) { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, 3, retsize, 16); ret[retind++] = c; ret[retind++] = peekc; free (t); continue; } trans = locale_expand (t, 0, news-sindex, 0, &translen); free (t); if (singlequote_translations && ((news-sindex-1) != translen || STREQN (t, trans, translen) == 0)) t = sh_single_quote (trans); else t = sh_mkdoublequoted (trans, translen, 0); sindex = news; } #endif /* TRANSLATABLE_STRINGS */ free (trans); trans = t; translen = strlen (trans); RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, retind, translen + 1, retsize, 128); strcpy (ret + retind, trans); retind += translen; FREE (trans); break; } } ret[retind] = 0; return ret; } /* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns. A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle any errors or free any memory before aborting. */ static WORD_LIST * call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e) WORD_DESC *w; int q, i, *c, *e; { WORD_LIST *result; result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e); if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal) { /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case, but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going to exit in most cases). */ w->word = (char *)NULL; last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF); /* NOTREACHED */ return (NULL); } else return (result); } /* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted. Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls in the result. */ static WORD_LIST * expand_string_internal (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_DESC td; WORD_LIST *tresult; if (string == 0 || *string == 0) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); td.flags = 0; td.word = savestring (string); tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); FREE (td.word); return (tresult); } /* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally takes care of quote removal. */ WORD_LIST * expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *value; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; if (value) { if (value->word) { remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; } dequote_list (value); } return (value); } /* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */ WORD_LIST * expand_string_assignment (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_DESC td; WORD_LIST *value; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; #if 0 /* Other shells (ksh93) do it this way, which affects how $@ is expanded in constructs like bar=${@#0} (preserves the spaces resulting from the expansion of $@ in a context where you don't do word splitting); Posix interp 888 makes the expansion of $@ in contexts where word splitting is not performed unspecified. */ td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOSPLIT2; /* Posix interp 888 */ #else td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS; #endif td.flags |= (W_NOGLOB|W_TILDEEXP); td.word = savestring (string); value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); FREE (td.word); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; if (value) { if (value->word) { remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; } dequote_list (value); } return (value); } /* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */ WORD_LIST * expand_prompt_string (string, quoted, wflags) char *string; int quoted; int wflags; { WORD_LIST *value; WORD_DESC td; if (string == 0 || *string == 0) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); td.flags = wflags; td.word = savestring (string); no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal) { value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); return value; } FREE (td.word); if (value) { if (value->word) { remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; } dequote_list (value); } return (value); } /* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file, and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */ static WORD_LIST * expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *tlist; WORD_LIST *tresult; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted); if (tlist) { tresult = word_list_split (tlist); dispose_words (tlist); return (tresult); } return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); } /* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST it returns. */ static WORD_LIST * expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, op, pflags, dollar_at_p, expanded_p) char *string; int quoted, op, pflags; int *dollar_at_p, *expanded_p; { WORD_DESC td; WORD_LIST *tresult; int old_nosplit; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* We want field splitting to be determined by what is going to be done with the entire ${parameterOPword} expansion, so we don't want to split the RHS we expand here. However, the expansion of $* is determined by whether we are going to eventually perform word splitting, so we want to set this depending on whether or not are are going to be splitting: if the expansion is quoted, if the OP is `=', or if IFS is set to the empty string, we are not going to be splitting, so we set expand_no_split_dollar_star to note this to callees. We pass through PF_ASSIGNRHS as W_ASSIGNRHS if this is on the RHS of an assignment statement. */ /* The updated treatment of $* is the result of Posix interp 888 */ /* This was further clarified on the austin-group list in March, 2017 and in Posix bug 1129 */ old_nosplit = expand_no_split_dollar_star; expand_no_split_dollar_star = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || op == '=' || ifs_is_null == 0; /* XXX - was 1 */ td.flags = W_EXPANDRHS; /* expanding RHS of ${paramOPword} */ td.flags |= W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) /* pass through */ td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; if (op == '=') #if 0 td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */ #else td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOASSNTILDE; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */ #endif td.word = savestring (string); tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, expanded_p); expand_no_split_dollar_star = old_nosplit; free (td.word); return (tresult); } /* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST it returns and it treats $* as if it were quoted. */ static WORD_LIST * expand_string_for_pat (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, expanded_p) char *string; int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *expanded_p; { WORD_DESC td; WORD_LIST *tresult; int oexp; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return (WORD_LIST *)NULL; oexp = expand_no_split_dollar_star; expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; td.flags = W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */ td.word = savestring (string); tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, expanded_p); expand_no_split_dollar_star = oexp; free (td.word); return (tresult); } /* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */ WORD_LIST * expand_string (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *result; if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted); return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result); } /******************************************* * * * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs * * * *******************************************/ /* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and quote removal. */ WORD_LIST * expand_word (word, quoted) WORD_DESC *word; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *result, *tresult; tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); result = word_list_split (tresult); dispose_words (tresult); return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result); } /* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote removal. */ WORD_LIST * expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted) WORD_DESC *word; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *result; result = expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted); return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result); } /* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit; could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */ WORD_LIST * expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted) WORD_DESC *word; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *result; expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; if (ifs_is_null) word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT; word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2; result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; return result; } /*************************************************** * * * Functions to handle quoting chars * * * ***************************************************/ /* Conventions: A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string. The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */ /* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here document (effectively double-quoted). FLAGS says whether or not we are going to split the result. If we are not, and there is a CTLESC or CTLNUL in IFS, we need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL, respectively, to prevent them from being removed as part of dequoting. */ static char * quote_escapes_internal (string, flags) const char *string; int flags; { const char *s, *send; char *t, *result; size_t slen; int quote_spaces, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul, nosplit; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0); nosplit = (flags & PF_NOSPLIT2); for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++) { skip_ctlesc |= (nosplit == 0 && *s == CTLESC); skip_ctlnul |= (nosplit == 0 && *s == CTLNUL); } t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1); s = string; while (*s) { if ((skip_ctlesc == 0 && *s == CTLESC) || (skip_ctlnul == 0 && *s == CTLNUL) || (quote_spaces && *s == ' ')) *t++ = CTLESC; COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); } *t = '\0'; return (result); } char * quote_escapes (string) const char *string; { return (quote_escapes_internal (string, 0)); } char * quote_rhs (string) const char *string; { return (quote_escapes_internal (string, PF_NOSPLIT2)); } static WORD_LIST * list_quote_escapes (list) WORD_LIST *list; { register WORD_LIST *w; char *t; for (w = list; w; w = w->next) { t = w->word->word; w->word->word = quote_escapes (t); free (t); } return list; } /* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL. The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the data stream pass through properly. We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC characters. Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */ char * dequote_escapes (string) const char *string; { const char *s, *send; char *t, *result; size_t slen; int quote_spaces; DECLARE_MBSTATE; if (string == 0) return (char *)0; slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0) return (strcpy (result, string)); quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0); s = string; while (*s) { if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL || (quote_spaces && s[1] == ' '))) { s++; if (*s == '\0') break; } COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); } *t = '\0'; return result; } #if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED) static WORD_LIST * list_dequote_escapes (list) WORD_LIST *list; { register WORD_LIST *w; char *t; for (w = list; w; w = w->next) { t = w->word->word; w->word->word = dequote_escapes (t); free (t); } return list; } #endif /* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */ static char * make_quoted_char (c) int c; { char *temp; temp = (char *)xmalloc (3); if (c == 0) { temp[0] = CTLNUL; temp[1] = '\0'; } else { temp[0] = CTLESC; temp[1] = c; temp[2] = '\0'; } return (temp); } /* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */ char * quote_string (string) char *string; { register char *t; size_t slen; char *result, *send; if (*string == 0) { result = (char *)xmalloc (2); result[0] = CTLNUL; result[1] = '\0'; } else { DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1); for (t = result; string < send; ) { *t++ = CTLESC; COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send); } *t = '\0'; } return (result); } /* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */ char * dequote_string (string) char *string; { register char *s, *t; size_t slen; char *result, *send; DECLARE_MBSTATE; if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0) internal_debug ("dequote_string: string with bare CTLESC"); slen = STRLEN (string); t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); if (QUOTED_NULL (string)) { result[0] = '\0'; return (result); } /* A string consisting of only a single CTLESC should pass through unchanged */ if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0) { result[0] = CTLESC; result[1] = '\0'; return (result); } /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL) return (strcpy (result, string)); send = string + slen; s = string; while (*s) { if (*s == CTLESC) { s++; if (*s == '\0') break; } COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); } *t = '\0'; return (result); } /* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */ static WORD_LIST * quote_list (list) WORD_LIST *list; { register WORD_LIST *w; char *t; for (w = list; w; w = w->next) { t = w->word->word; w->word->word = quote_string (t); if (*t == 0) w->word->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */ w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED; free (t); } return list; } WORD_DESC * dequote_word (word) WORD_DESC *word; { register char *s; s = dequote_string (word->word); if (QUOTED_NULL (word->word)) word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; free (word->word); word->word = s; return word; } /* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */ WORD_LIST * dequote_list (list) WORD_LIST *list; { register char *s; register WORD_LIST *tlist; for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next) { s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word); if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist->word->word)) tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; free (tlist->word->word); tlist->word->word = s; } return list; } /* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed string. */ char * remove_quoted_escapes (string) char *string; { char *t; if (string) { t = dequote_escapes (string); strcpy (string, t); free (t); } return (string); } /* Remove quoted $IFS characters from STRING. Quoted IFS characters are added to protect them from word splitting, but we need to remove them if no word splitting takes place. This returns newly-allocated memory, so callers can use it to replace savestring(). */ char * remove_quoted_ifs (string) char *string; { register size_t slen; register int i, j; char *ret, *send; DECLARE_MBSTATE; slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; i = j = 0; ret = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); while (i < slen) { if (string[i] == CTLESC) { i++; if (string[i] == 0 || isifs (string[i]) == 0) ret[j++] = CTLESC; if (i == slen) break; } COPY_CHAR_I (ret, j, string, send, i); } ret[j] = '\0'; return (ret); } char * remove_quoted_nulls (string) char *string; { register size_t slen; register int i, j, prev_i; DECLARE_MBSTATE; if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */ return string; /* XXX */ slen = strlen (string); i = j = 0; while (i < slen) { if (string[i] == CTLESC) { /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters that we've already copied down. */ i++; string[j++] = CTLESC; if (i == slen) break; } else if (string[i] == CTLNUL) { i++; continue; } prev_i = i; ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); /* COPY_CHAR_I? */ if (j < prev_i) { do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i); } else j = i; } string[j] = '\0'; return (string); } /* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST. This modifies LIST. */ void word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list) WORD_LIST *list; { register WORD_LIST *t; for (t = list; t; t = t->next) { remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word); t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; } } /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ /* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */ /* */ /* **************************************************************** */ #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) # ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED static unsigned char * mb_getcharlens (string, len) char *string; int len; { int i, offset, last; unsigned char *ret; char *p; DECLARE_MBSTATE; i = offset = 0; last = 0; ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len); memset (ret, 0, len); while (string[last]) { ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset); ret[last] = offset - last; last = offset; } return ret; } # endif #endif /* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP can have one of 4 values: RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM */ #define RP_LONG_LEFT 1 #define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2 #define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3 #define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4 /* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */ static char * remove_upattern (param, pattern, op) char *param, *pattern; int op; { register size_t len; register char *end; register char *p, *ret, c; len = STRLEN (param); end = param + len; switch (op) { case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */ for (p = end; p >= param; p--) { c = *p; *p = '\0'; if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { *p = c; return (savestring (p)); } *p = c; } break; case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */ for (p = param; p <= end; p++) { c = *p; *p = '\0'; if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { *p = c; return (savestring (p)); } *p = c; } break; case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */ for (p = param; p <= end; p++) { if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { c = *p; *p = '\0'; ret = savestring (param); *p = c; return (ret); } } break; case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */ for (p = end; p >= param; p--) { if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { c = *p; *p = '\0'; ret = savestring (param); *p = c; return (ret); } } break; } return (param); /* no match, return original string */ } #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) /* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */ static wchar_t * remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op) wchar_t *wparam; size_t wstrlen; wchar_t *wpattern; int op; { wchar_t wc, *ret; int n; switch (op) { case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--) { wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { wparam[n] = wc; return (wcsdup (wparam + n)); } wparam[n] = wc; } break; case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) { wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { wparam[n] = wc; return (wcsdup (wparam + n)); } wparam[n] = wc; } break; case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) { if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; ret = wcsdup (wparam); wparam[n] = wc; return (ret); } } break; case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--) { if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) { wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; ret = wcsdup (wparam); wparam[n] = wc; return (ret); } } break; } return (wparam); /* no match, return original string */ } #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ static char * remove_pattern (param, pattern, op) char *param, *pattern; int op; { char *xret; if (param == NULL) return (param); if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */ return (savestring (param)); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) { wchar_t *ret, *oret; size_t n; wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern; mbstate_t ps; /* XXX - could optimize here by checking param and pattern for multibyte chars with mbsmbchar and calling remove_upattern. */ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern); if (n == (size_t)-1) { xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op); return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret); } n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param); if (n == (size_t)-1) { free (wpattern); xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op); return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret); } oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op); /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing matched; just return copy of original string */ if (ret == wparam) { free (wparam); free (wpattern); return (savestring (param)); } free (wparam); free (wpattern); n = strlen (param); xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1); memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps); xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */ free (oret); return xret; } else #endif { xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op); return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret); } } /* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries. This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted. MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */ static int match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep) char *string, *pat; int mtype; char **sp, **ep; { int c, mlen; size_t len; register char *p, *p1, *npat; char *end; /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */ /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning, since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */ len = STRLEN (pat); if (pat[0] != '*' || (pat[0] == '*' && pat[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob) || pat[len - 1] != '*') { int unescaped_backslash; char *pp; p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3); p1 = pat; if ((mtype != MATCH_BEG) && (*p1 != '*' || (*p1 == '*' && p1[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob))) *p++ = '*'; while (*p1) *p++ = *p1++; #if 1 /* Need to also handle a pattern that ends with an unescaped backslash. For right now, we ignore it because the pattern matching code will fail the match anyway */ /* If the pattern ends with a `*' we leave it alone if it's preceded by an even number of backslashes, but if it's escaped by a backslash we need to add another `*'. */ if ((mtype != MATCH_END) && (p1[-1] == '*' && (unescaped_backslash = p1[-2] == '\\'))) { pp = p1 - 3; while (pp >= pat && *pp-- == '\\') unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash; if (unescaped_backslash) *p++ = '*'; } else if (mtype != MATCH_END && p1[-1] != '*') *p++ = '*'; #else if (p1[-1] != '*' || p1[-2] == '\\') *p++ = '*'; #endif *p = '\0'; } else npat = pat; c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE); if (npat != pat) free (npat); if (c == FNM_NOMATCH) return (0); len = STRLEN (string); end = string + len; mlen = umatchlen (pat, len); if (mlen > (int)len) return (0); switch (mtype) { case MATCH_ANY: for (p = string; p <= end; p++) { if (match_pattern_char (pat, p, FNMATCH_IGNCASE)) { p1 = (mlen == -1) ? end : p + mlen; /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered p = current position in string mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string) end = end of string we want to break immediately if the potential match len is greater than the number of characters remaining in the string */ if (p1 > end) break; for ( ; p1 >= p; p1--) { c = *p1; *p1 = '\0'; if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) { *p1 = c; *sp = p; *ep = p1; return 1; } *p1 = c; #if 1 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */ if (mlen != -1) break; #endif } } } return (0); case MATCH_BEG: if (match_pattern_char (pat, string, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) return (0); for (p = (mlen == -1) ? end : string + mlen; p >= string; p--) { c = *p; *p = '\0'; if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) { *p = c; *sp = string; *ep = p; return 1; } *p = c; /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */ if (mlen != -1) break; } return (0); case MATCH_END: for (p = end - ((mlen == -1) ? len : mlen); p <= end; p++) { if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) { *sp = p; *ep = end; return 1; } /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */ if (mlen != -1) break; } return (0); } return (0); } #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) #define WFOLD(c) (match_ignore_case && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c)) /* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries. This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide character version. */ static int match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep) wchar_t *wstring; char **indices; size_t wstrlen; wchar_t *wpat; int mtype; char **sp, **ep; { wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1; size_t len; int mlen; int n, n1, n2, simple; simple = (wpat[0] != L'\\' && wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'['); #if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB) if (extended_glob) simple &= (wpat[1] != L'(' || (wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'+' && wpat[0] != L'!' && wpat[0] != L'@')); /*)*/ #endif /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */ len = wcslen (wpat); if (wpat[0] != L'*' || (wpat[0] == L'*' && wpat[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob) || wpat[len - 1] != L'*') { int unescaped_backslash; wchar_t *wpp; wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t)); wp1 = wpat; if (*wp1 != L'*' || (*wp1 == '*' && wp1[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob)) *wp++ = L'*'; while (*wp1 != L'\0') *wp++ = *wp1++; #if 1 /* See comments above in match_upattern. */ if (wp1[-1] == L'*' && (unescaped_backslash = wp1[-2] == L'\\')) { wpp = wp1 - 3; while (wpp >= wpat && *wpp-- == L'\\') unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash; if (unescaped_backslash) *wp++ = L'*'; } else if (wp1[-1] != L'*') *wp++ = L'*'; #else if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\') *wp++ = L'*'; #endif *wp = '\0'; } else nwpat = wpat; len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE); if (nwpat != wpat) free (nwpat); if (len == FNM_NOMATCH) return (0); mlen = wmatchlen (wpat, wstrlen); if (mlen > (int)wstrlen) return (0); /* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */ switch (mtype) { case MATCH_ANY: for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) { n2 = simple ? (WFOLD(*wpat) == WFOLD(wstring[n])) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_IGNCASE); if (n2) { n1 = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : n + mlen; if (n1 > wstrlen) break; for ( ; n1 >= n; n1--) { wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0'; if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) { wstring[n1] = wc; *sp = indices[n]; *ep = indices[n1]; return 1; } wstring[n1] = wc; /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */ if (mlen != -1) break; } } } return (0); case MATCH_BEG: if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) return (0); for (n = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen; n >= 0; n--) { wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0'; if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) { wstring[n] = wc; *sp = indices[0]; *ep = indices[n]; return 1; } wstring[n] = wc; /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */ if (mlen != -1) break; } return (0); case MATCH_END: for (n = wstrlen - ((mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen); n <= wstrlen; n++) { if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0) { *sp = indices[n]; *ep = indices[wstrlen]; return 1; } /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */ if (mlen != -1) break; } return (0); } return (0); } #undef WFOLD #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ static int match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep) char *string, *pat; int mtype; char **sp, **ep; { #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) int ret; size_t n; wchar_t *wstring, *wpat; char **indices; #endif if (string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0) return (0); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) { if (mbsmbchar (string) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat) == 0) return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat); if (n == (size_t)-1) return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string); if (n == (size_t)-1) { free (wpat); return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); } ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep); free (wpat); free (wstring); free (indices); return (ret); } else #endif return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); } static int getpatspec (c, value) int c; char *value; { if (c == '#') return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT); else /* c == '%' */ return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT); } /* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion. This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero, it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes. This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */ static char * getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat) char *value; int quoted, expandpat; { char *pat, *tword; WORD_LIST *l; #if 0 int i; #endif /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes? POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their expansions inside a pattern? */ #if 0 if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword) { i = 0; pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, SX_STRIPDQ); free (tword); tword = pat; } #endif /* expand_string_for_pat () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform word splitting. */ l = *value ? expand_string_for_pat (value, (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL) : (WORD_LIST *)0; if (l) word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l); pat = string_list (l); dispose_words (l); if (pat) { tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL); free (pat); pat = tword; } return (pat); } #if 0 /* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value} or ${name#[#]value}. */ static char * variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted) char *value, *pattern; int patspec, quoted; { char *tword; tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec); return (tword); } #endif static char * list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted) WORD_LIST *list; char *pattern; int patspec, itype, quoted; { WORD_LIST *new, *l; WORD_DESC *w; char *tword; for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next) { tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); new = make_word_list (w, new); } l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *); tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted, 0); dispose_words (l); return (tword); } static char * parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted) int itype; char *pattern; int patspec, quoted; { char *ret; WORD_LIST *list; list = list_rest_of_args (); if (list == 0) return ((char *)NULL); ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted); dispose_words (list); return (ret); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static char * array_remove_pattern (var, pattern, patspec, starsub, quoted) SHELL_VAR *var; char *pattern; int patspec; int starsub; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */ int quoted; { ARRAY *a; HASH_TABLE *h; int itype; char *ret; WORD_LIST *list; SHELL_VAR *v; v = var; /* XXX - for now */ itype = starsub ? '*' : '@'; a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0; h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0; list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0); if (list == 0) return ((char *)NULL); ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted); dispose_words (list); return ret; } #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ static char * parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, estatep, patstr, rtype, quoted, flags) char *varname, *value; array_eltstate_t *estatep; char *patstr; int rtype, quoted, flags; { int vtype, patspec, starsub; char *temp1, *val, *pattern, *oname; SHELL_VAR *v; if (value == 0) return ((char *)NULL); oname = this_command_name; this_command_name = varname; vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, estatep, quoted, flags, &v, &val); if (vtype == -1) { this_command_name = oname; return ((char *)NULL); } starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr); if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT) patstr++; /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion -- the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */ temp1 = savestring (patstr); pattern = getpattern (temp1, quoted, 1); free (temp1); temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */ switch (vtype) { case VT_VARIABLE: case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec); if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); if (temp1) { val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_string (temp1) : quote_escapes (temp1); free (temp1); temp1 = val; } break; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case VT_ARRAYVAR: temp1 = array_remove_pattern (v, pattern, patspec, starsub, quoted); if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) { val = quote_escapes (temp1); free (temp1); temp1 = val; } break; #endif case VT_POSPARMS: temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted); if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) { val = quote_escapes (temp1); free (temp1); temp1 = val; } break; } this_command_name = oname; FREE (pattern); return temp1; } #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) static void reap_some_procsubs PARAMS((int)); /*****************************************************************/ /* */ /* Hacking Process Substitution */ /* */ /*****************************************************************/ #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) /* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and unlink the ones that don't have a living process on the other end. unlink_all_fifos will walk the list and unconditionally unlink them, trying to open and close the FIFO first to release any child processes sleeping on the FIFO. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */ #define FIFO_INCR 20 /* PROC value of -1 means the process has been reaped and the FIFO needs to be removed. PROC value of 0 means the slot is unused. */ struct temp_fifo { char *file; pid_t proc; }; static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL; static int nfifo; static int fifo_list_size; void clear_fifo_list () { int i; for (i = 0; i < fifo_list_size; i++) { if (fifo_list[i].file) free (fifo_list[i].file); fifo_list[i].file = NULL; fifo_list[i].proc = 0; } nfifo = 0; } void * copy_fifo_list (sizep) int *sizep; { if (sizep) *sizep = 0; return (void *)NULL; } static void add_fifo_list (pathname) char *pathname; { int osize, i; if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1) { osize = fifo_list_size; fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR; fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list, fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo)); for (i = osize; i < fifo_list_size; i++) { fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL; fifo_list[i].proc = 0; /* unused */ } } fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname); nfifo++; } void unlink_fifo (i) int i; { if ((fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) || (fifo_list[i].proc > 0 && (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))) { unlink (fifo_list[i].file); free (fifo_list[i].file); fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL; fifo_list[i].proc = 0; } } void unlink_fifo_list () { int saved, i, j; if (nfifo == 0) return; for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++) { if ((fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) || (fifo_list[i].proc > 0 && (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))) { unlink (fifo_list[i].file); free (fifo_list[i].file); fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL; fifo_list[i].proc = 0; } else saved++; } /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */ if (saved) { for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++) if (fifo_list[i].file) { if (i != j) { fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file; fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc; fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL; fifo_list[i].proc = 0; } j++; } nfifo = j; } else nfifo = 0; } void unlink_all_fifos () { int i, fd; if (nfifo == 0) return; for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++) { fifo_list[i].proc = (pid_t)-1; #if defined (O_NONBLOCK) fd = open (fifo_list[i].file, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK); #else fd = -1; #endif unlink_fifo (i); if (fd >= 0) close (fd); } nfifo = 0; } /* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */ void close_new_fifos (list, lsize) void *list; int lsize; { int i; char *plist; if (list == 0) { unlink_fifo_list (); return; } for (plist = (char *)list, i = 0; i < lsize; i++) if (plist[i] == 0 && i < fifo_list_size && fifo_list[i].proc != -1) unlink_fifo (i); for (i = lsize; i < fifo_list_size; i++) unlink_fifo (i); } int find_procsub_child (pid) pid_t pid; { int i; for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++) if (fifo_list[i].proc == pid) return i; return -1; } void set_procsub_status (ind, pid, status) int ind; pid_t pid; int status; { if (ind >= 0 && ind < nfifo) fifo_list[ind].proc = (pid_t)-1; /* sentinel */ } /* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the associated file descriptor and delete the FIFO. */ static void reap_some_procsubs (max) int max; { int i; for (i = 0; i < max; i++) if (fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) /* reaped */ unlink_fifo (i); } void reap_procsubs () { reap_some_procsubs (nfifo); } #if 0 /* UNUSED */ void wait_procsubs () { int i, r; for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++) { if (fifo_list[i].proc != (pid_t)-1 && fifo_list[i].proc > 0) { r = wait_for (fifo_list[i].proc, 0); save_proc_status (fifo_list[i].proc, r); fifo_list[i].proc = (pid_t)-1; } } } #endif int fifos_pending () { return nfifo; } int num_fifos () { return nfifo; } static char * make_named_pipe () { char *tname; tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR); if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0) { free (tname); return ((char *)NULL); } add_fifo_list (tname); return (tname); } #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ /* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number of open files. */ /* dev_fd_list[I] value of -1 means the process has been reaped and file descriptor I needs to be closed. Value of 0 means the slot is unused. */ static pid_t *dev_fd_list = (pid_t *)NULL; static int nfds; static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */ void clear_fifo (i) int i; { if (dev_fd_list[i]) { dev_fd_list[i] = 0; nfds--; } } void clear_fifo_list () { register int i; if (nfds == 0) return; for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++) clear_fifo (i); nfds = 0; } void * copy_fifo_list (sizep) int *sizep; { void *ret; if (nfds == 0 || totfds == 0) { if (sizep) *sizep = 0; return (void *)NULL; } if (sizep) *sizep = totfds; ret = xmalloc (totfds * sizeof (pid_t)); return (memcpy (ret, dev_fd_list, totfds * sizeof (pid_t))); } static void add_fifo_list (fd) int fd; { if (dev_fd_list == 0 || fd >= totfds) { int ofds; ofds = totfds; totfds = getdtablesize (); if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256) totfds = 256; if (fd >= totfds) totfds = fd + 2; dev_fd_list = (pid_t *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds * sizeof (dev_fd_list[0])); /* XXX - might need a loop for this */ memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', (totfds - ofds) * sizeof (pid_t)); } dev_fd_list[fd] = 1; /* marker; updated later */ nfds++; } int fifos_pending () { return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */ } int num_fifos () { return nfds; } void unlink_fifo (fd) int fd; { if (dev_fd_list[fd]) { close (fd); dev_fd_list[fd] = 0; nfds--; } } void unlink_fifo_list () { register int i; if (nfds == 0) return; for (i = totfds-1; nfds && i >= 0; i--) unlink_fifo (i); nfds = 0; } void unlink_all_fifos () { unlink_fifo_list (); } /* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */ void close_new_fifos (list, lsize) void *list; int lsize; { int i; pid_t *plist; if (list == 0) { unlink_fifo_list (); return; } for (plist = (pid_t *)list, i = 0; i < lsize; i++) if (plist[i] == 0 && i < totfds && dev_fd_list[i]) unlink_fifo (i); for (i = lsize; i < totfds; i++) unlink_fifo (i); } int find_procsub_child (pid) pid_t pid; { int i; if (nfds == 0) return -1; for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++) if (dev_fd_list[i] == pid) return i; return -1; } void set_procsub_status (ind, pid, status) int ind; pid_t pid; int status; { if (ind >= 0 && ind < totfds) dev_fd_list[ind] = (pid_t)-1; /* sentinel */ } /* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the associated file descriptor. */ static void reap_some_procsubs (max) int max; { int i; for (i = 0; nfds > 0 && i < max; i++) if (dev_fd_list[i] == (pid_t)-1) unlink_fifo (i); } void reap_procsubs () { reap_some_procsubs (totfds); } #if 0 /* UNUSED */ void wait_procsubs () { int i, r; for (i = 0; nfds > 0 && i < totfds; i++) { if (dev_fd_list[i] != (pid_t)-1 && dev_fd_list[i] > 0) { r = wait_for (dev_fd_list[i], 0); save_proc_status (dev_fd_list[i], r); dev_fd_list[i] = (pid_t)-1; } } } #endif #if defined (NOTDEF) print_dev_fd_list () { register int i; fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ()); fflush (stderr); for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++) { if (dev_fd_list[i]) fprintf (stderr, " %d", i); } fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif /* NOTDEF */ static char * make_dev_fd_filename (fd) int fd; { char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p; ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 8); strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX); p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf)); strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p); add_fifo_list (fd); return (ret); } #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ /* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck. OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */ static char * process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child) char *string; int open_for_read_in_child; { char *pathname; int fd, result, rc, function_value; pid_t old_pid, pid; #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd; int fildes[2]; #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp; #endif if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only) return ((char *)NULL); #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) pathname = make_named_pipe (); #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ if (pipe (fildes) < 0) { sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution")); return ((char *)NULL); } /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */ parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child]; child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child]; /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */ parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64); pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd); #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ if (pathname == 0) { sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution")); return ((char *)NULL); } old_pid = last_made_pid; #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp; if (pipeline_pgrp == 0 || (subshell_environment & (SUBSHELL_PIPE|SUBSHELL_FORK|SUBSHELL_ASYNC)) == 0) pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp; save_pipeline (1); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, FORK_ASYNC); if (pid == 0) { #if 0 int old_interactive; old_interactive = interactive; #endif /* The currently-executing shell is not interactive */ interactive = 0; reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */ free_pushed_string_input (); /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */ subshell_environment &= ~SUBSHELL_IGNTRAP; QUIT; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */ setup_async_signals (); #if 0 if (open_for_read_in_child == 0 && old_interactive && (bash_input.type == st_stdin || bash_input.type == st_stream)) async_redirect_stdin (); #endif subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB|SUBSHELL_ASYNC; /* We don't inherit the verbose option for command substitutions now, so let's try it for process substitutions. */ change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF); /* if we're expanding a redirection, we shouldn't have access to the temporary environment, but commands in the subshell should have access to their own temporary environment. */ if (expanding_redir) flush_temporary_env (); } #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) set_sigchld_handler (); stop_making_children (); /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp; #else stop_making_children (); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ if (pid < 0) { sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make child for process substitution")); free (pathname); #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) close (parent_pipe_fd); close (child_pipe_fd); #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) restore_pipeline (1); #endif return ((char *)NULL); } if (pid > 0) { #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) last_procsub_child = restore_pipeline (0); /* We assume that last_procsub_child->next == last_procsub_child because of how jobs.c:add_process() works. */ last_procsub_child->next = 0; procsub_add (last_procsub_child); #endif #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = pid; #else fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid; #endif last_made_pid = old_pid; #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE) close_pgrp_pipe (); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */ #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) close (child_pipe_fd); #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ return (pathname); } set_sigint_handler (); #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) /* make sure we don't have any job control */ set_job_control (0); /* Clear out any existing list of process substitutions */ procsub_clear (); /* The idea is that we want all the jobs we start from an async process substitution to be in the same process group, but not the same pgrp as our parent shell, since we don't want to affect our parent shell's jobs if we get a SIGHUP and end up calling hangup_all_jobs, for example. If pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp, we assume that there is a job control shell somewhere in our parent process chain (since make_child initializes pipeline_pgrp to shell_pgrp if job_control == 0). What we do in this case is to set pipeline_pgrp to our PID, so all jobs started by this process have that same pgrp and we are basically the process group leader. This should not have negative effects on child processes surviving after we exit, since we wait for the children we create, but that is something to watch for. */ if (pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp) pipeline_pgrp = getpid (); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) /* Open the named pipe in the child. */ fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY : O_WRONLY); if (fd < 0) { /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */ if (open_for_read_in_child) sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname); else sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname); exit (127); } if (open_for_read_in_child) { if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0) { sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd); exit (127); } } #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ fd = child_pipe_fd; #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file descriptor. */ if (open_for_read_in_child == 0) fpurge (stdout); if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0) { sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1); exit (127); } if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1)) close (fd); /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited from its parent. */ if (current_fds_to_close) { close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close); current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL; } #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for instance, pipe(2). */ close (parent_pipe_fd); dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0; #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ /* subshells shouldn't have this flag, which controls using the temporary environment for variable lookups. We have already flushed the temporary environment above in the case we're expanding a redirection, so processes executed by this command need to be able to set it independently of their parent. */ expanding_redir = 0; remove_quoted_escapes (string); startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */ parse_and_execute_level = 0; /* Give process substitution a place to jump back to on failure, so we don't go back up to main (). */ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level); /* If we're running a process substitution inside a shell function, trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell and go off to never-never land. */ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag) function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch); else function_value = 0; if (result == ERREXIT) rc = last_command_exit_value; else if (result == EXITPROG || result == EXITBLTIN) rc = last_command_exit_value; else if (result) rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE; else if (function_value) rc = return_catch_value; else { subshell_level++; rc = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST)); /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */ } #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */ close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1); #endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */ last_command_exit_value = rc; rc = run_exit_trap (); exit (rc); /*NOTREACHED*/ } #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ /***********************************/ /* */ /* Command Substitution */ /* */ /***********************************/ #define COMSUB_PIPEBUF 4096 static char * optimize_cat_file (r, quoted, flags, flagp) REDIRECT *r; int quoted, flags, *flagp; { char *ret; int fd; fd = open_redir_file (r, (char **)0); if (fd < 0) return &expand_param_error; ret = read_comsub (fd, quoted, flags, flagp); close (fd); return ret; } static char * read_comsub (fd, quoted, flags, rflag) int fd, quoted, flags; int *rflag; { char *istring, buf[COMSUB_PIPEBUF], *bufp; int c, tflag, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul; int mb_cur_max; size_t istring_index; size_t istring_size; ssize_t bufn; int nullbyte; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) mbstate_t ps; wchar_t wc; size_t mblen; int i; #endif istring = (char *)NULL; istring_index = istring_size = bufn = tflag = 0; skip_ctlesc = ifs_cmap[CTLESC]; skip_ctlnul = ifs_cmap[CTLNUL]; mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX; nullbyte = 0; /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */ while (1) { if (fd < 0) break; if (--bufn <= 0) { bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf)); if (bufn <= 0) break; bufp = buf; } c = *bufp++; if (c == 0) { #if 1 if (nullbyte == 0) { internal_warning ("%s", _("command substitution: ignored null byte in input")); nullbyte = 1; } #endif continue; } /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, mb_cur_max+1, istring_size, 512); /* This is essentially quote_string inline */ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */) istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; else if ((flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) && skip_ctlesc && c == CTLESC) istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.) This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */ else if (skip_ctlesc == 0 && c == CTLESC) istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; else if ((skip_ctlnul == 0 && c == CTLNUL) || (c == ' ' && (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0))) istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if ((locale_utf8locale && (c & 0x80)) || (locale_utf8locale == 0 && mb_cur_max > 1 && (unsigned char)c > 127)) { /* read a multibyte character from buf */ /* punt on the hard case for now */ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); mblen = mbrtowc (&wc, bufp-1, bufn, &ps); if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblen) || mblen == 0 || mblen == 1) istring[istring_index++] = c; else { istring[istring_index++] = c; for (i = 0; i < mblen-1; i++) istring[istring_index++] = *bufp++; bufn -= mblen - 1; } continue; } #endif istring[istring_index++] = c; } if (istring) istring[istring_index] = '\0'; /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some trouble. */ if (istring_index == 0) { FREE (istring); if (rflag) *rflag = tflag; return (char *)NULL; } /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) { while (istring_index > 0) { if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n') { --istring_index; /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC) --istring_index; } else break; } istring[istring_index] = '\0'; } else strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1); if (rflag) *rflag = tflag; return istring; } /* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the contained string possibly quoted. */ WORD_DESC * command_substitute (string, quoted, flags) char *string; int quoted; int flags; { pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid; char *istring, *s; int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc, tflag, fork_flags; WORD_DESC *ret; sigset_t set, oset; istring = (char *)NULL; /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to run, just return NULL. */ for (s = string; s && *s && (shellblank (*s) || *s == '\n'); s++) ; if (s == 0 || *s == 0) return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL); if (*s == '<' && (s[1] != '<' && s[1] != '>' && s[1] != '&')) { COMMAND *cmd; cmd = parse_string_to_command (string, 0); /* XXX - flags */ if (cmd && can_optimize_cat_file (cmd)) { tflag = 0; istring = optimize_cat_file (cmd->value.Simple->redirects, quoted, flags, &tflag); if (istring == &expand_param_error) { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; istring = 0; } else last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; /* compat */ last_command_subst_pid = dollar_dollar_pid; dispose_command (cmd); ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = istring; ret->flags = tflag; return ret; } dispose_command (cmd); } if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute) { last_command_exit_value = EX_WEXPCOMSUB; jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG); } /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command, the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments, though, because the export environment will be remade after this command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded are variable assignments. */ if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0) maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */ /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */ pflags = (interactive && sourcelevel == 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0; old_pid = last_made_pid; /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */ if (pipe (fildes) < 0) { sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for command substitution")); goto error_exit; } #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp; /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline or we've already forked to run a disk command (and are expanding redirections, for example). */ if ((subshell_environment & (SUBSHELL_FORK|SUBSHELL_PIPE)) == 0) pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp; cleanup_the_pipeline (); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid; fork_flags = (subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC) ? FORK_ASYNC : 0; pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, fork_flags|FORK_NOTERM); last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid; if (pid == 0) { /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */ reset_signal_handlers (); if (ISINTERRUPT) { kill (getpid (), SIGINT); CLRINTERRUPT; /* if we're ignoring SIGINT somehow */ } QUIT; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP; subshell_environment &= ~SUBSHELL_IGNTRAP; } #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */ set_sigchld_handler (); stop_making_children (); if (pid != 0) pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp; #else stop_making_children (); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ if (pid < 0) { sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution")); error_exit: last_made_pid = old_pid; FREE (istring); close (fildes[0]); close (fildes[1]); return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL); } if (pid == 0) { /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */ interactive = 0; #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) /* Invariant: in child processes started to run command substitutions, pipeline_pgrp == shell_pgrp. Other parts of the shell assume this. */ if (pipeline_pgrp > 0 && pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp) shell_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp; #endif set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */ free_pushed_string_input (); /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file descriptor. */ fpurge (stdout); if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0) { sys_error ("%s", _("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1")); exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE); } /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well, but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output to be generated from this command. */ if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) && (fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) && (fildes[1] != fileno (stderr))) close (fildes[1]); if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) && (fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) && (fildes[0] != fileno (stderr))) close (fildes[0]); #ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */ freopen (NULL, "w", stdout); sh_setlinebuf (stdout); #endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ /* This is a subshell environment. */ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB; /* Many shells do not appear to inherit the -v option for command substitutions. */ change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF); /* When inherit_errexit option is not enabled, command substitution does not inherit the -e flag. It is enabled when Posix mode is enabled */ if (inherit_errexit == 0) { builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0; change_flag ('e', FLAG_OFF); } set_shellopts (); /* If we are expanding a redirection, we can dispose of any temporary environment we received, since redirections are not supposed to have access to the temporary environment. We will have to see whether this affects temporary environments supplied to `eval', but the temporary environment gets copied to builtin_env at some point. */ if (expanding_redir) { flush_temporary_env (); expanding_redir = 0; } remove_quoted_escapes (string); /* We want to expand aliases on this pass if we are not in posix mode for backwards compatibility. parse_and_execute() takes care of setting expand_aliases back to the global value when executing the parsed string. We only do this for $(...) command substitution, since that is what parse_comsub handles; `` comsubs are processed using parse.y:parse_matched_pair(). */ if (expand_aliases && (flags & PF_BACKQUOTE) == 0) expand_aliases = posixly_correct == 0; startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */ parse_and_execute_level = 0; /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure, so we don't go back up to main (). */ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level); /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function, trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell and go off to never-never land. */ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag) function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch); else function_value = 0; if (result == ERREXIT) rc = last_command_exit_value; else if (result == EXITPROG || result == EXITBLTIN) rc = last_command_exit_value; else if (result) rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE; else if (function_value) rc = return_catch_value; else { subshell_level++; rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST); /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */ } last_command_exit_value = rc; rc = run_exit_trap (); #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) unlink_fifo_list (); #endif exit (rc); } else { int dummyfd; #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE) close_pgrp_pipe (); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */ close (fildes[1]); begin_unwind_frame ("read-comsub"); dummyfd = fildes[0]; add_unwind_protect (close, dummyfd); /* Block SIGINT while we're reading from the pipe. If the child process gets a SIGINT, it will either handle it or die, and the read will return. */ BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGINT, set, oset); tflag = 0; istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted, flags, &tflag); close (fildes[0]); discard_unwind_frame ("read-comsub"); UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset); current_command_subst_pid = pid; last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid, JWAIT_NOTERM); last_command_subst_pid = pid; last_made_pid = old_pid; #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */ if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT) kill (getpid (), SIGINT); #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = istring; ret->flags = tflag; return ret; } } /******************************************************** * * * Utility functions for parameter expansion * * * ********************************************************/ #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static arrayind_t array_length_reference (s) char *s; { int len; arrayind_t ind; char *akey; char *t, c; ARRAY *array; HASH_TABLE *h; SHELL_VAR *var; var = array_variable_part (s, 0, &t, &len); /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return failure. */ if ((var == 0 || invisible_p (var) || (assoc_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error) { c = *--t; *t = '\0'; set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (s); *t = c; return (-1); } else if (var == 0 || invisible_p (var)) return 0; /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays. We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */ array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL; h = assoc_p (var) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)NULL; if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == RBRACK) { if (assoc_p (var)) return (h ? assoc_num_elements (h) : 0); else if (array_p (var)) return (array ? array_num_elements (array) : 0); else return (var_isset (var) ? 1 : 0); } if (assoc_p (var)) { t[len - 1] = '\0'; akey = expand_subscript_string (t, 0); /* [ */ t[len - 1] = RBRACK; if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0) { err_badarraysub (t); FREE (akey); return (-1); } t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey); free (akey); } else { ind = array_expand_index (var, t, len, 0); /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */ if (var && array_p (var) && ind < 0) ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind; if (ind < 0) { err_badarraysub (t); return (-1); } if (array_p (var)) t = array_reference (array, ind); else t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL; } len = MB_STRLEN (t); return (len); } #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ static int valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special) char *name; int var_is_special; { if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) return 1; else if (var_is_special) return 1; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0)) return 1; #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ else if (legal_identifier (name)) return 1; else return 0; } static int chk_atstar (name, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at) char *name; int quoted, pflags; int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at; { char *temp1; if (name == 0) { if (quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 0; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 0; return 0; } /* check for $@ and $* */ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0) { if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; return 1; } else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0) { /* Need more checks here that parallel what string_list_pos_params and param_expand do. Check expand_no_split_dollar_star and ??? */ if (contains_dollar_at && expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0) *contains_dollar_at = 1; return 1; } /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */ #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0)) { temp1 = mbschr (name, LBRACK); if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == RBRACK) { if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; return 1; } /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]}, which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == RBRACK && quoted == 0) { if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; return 1; } } #endif return 0; } /* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion, or NULL if there was no expansion. NAME is as given in ${NAMEcWORD}. VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */ static WORD_DESC * parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, estatep) char *name; int var_is_special, quoted, pflags; array_eltstate_t *estatep; { WORD_DESC *ret; char *temp, *tt; intmax_t arg_index; SHELL_VAR *var; int rflags; array_eltstate_t es; ret = 0; temp = 0; rflags = 0; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (estatep) es = *estatep; /* structure copy */ else { init_eltstate (&es); es.ind = INTMAX_MIN; } #endif /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */ if (legal_number (name, &arg_index)) { tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index); if (tt) temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) ? quote_string (tt) : quote_escapes (tt); else temp = (char *)NULL; FREE (tt); } else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */ { int sindex; tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name)); tt[sindex = 0] = '$'; strcpy (tt + 1, name); ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, pflags); /* Make sure we note that we saw a quoted null string and pass the flag back to the caller in addition to the value. */ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR (name) && ret && ret->word && QUOTED_NULL (ret->word)) ret->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; free (tt); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0)) { expand_arrayref: var = array_variable_part (name, 0, &tt, (int *)0); /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed */ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) { if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (tt[0]) && tt[1] == RBRACK) { /* Only treat as double quoted if array variable */ if (var && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var))) temp = array_value (name, quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, AV_ASSIGNRHS, &es); else temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &es); } else temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &es); } /* Posix interp 888 */ else if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2) { /* Special cases, then general case, for each of A[@], A[*], A[n] */ #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK && var && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc[0] != ' ') #else if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK && var && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc != ' ') #endif temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, AV_ASSIGNRHS, &es); else if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK) temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &es); else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null) temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT, 0, &es); else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK) temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &es); else temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &es); } else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null) temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT, 0, &es); else temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &es); if (es.subtype == 0 && temp) { temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp); rflags |= W_ARRAYIND; } /* Note that array[*] and array[@] expanded to a quoted null string by returning the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to the caller in addition to TEMP. */ else if (es.subtype == 1 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; else if (es.subtype == 2 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; if (estatep) *estatep = es; /* structure copy */ else flush_eltstate (&es); } #endif else if (var = find_variable (name)) { if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0) { #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* We avoid a memory leak by saving TT as the memory allocated by assoc_to_string or array_to_string and leaving it 0 otherwise, then freeing TT after quoting temp. */ tt = (char *)NULL; if ((pflags & PF_ALLINDS) && assoc_p (var)) tt = temp = assoc_empty (assoc_cell (var)) ? (char *)NULL : assoc_to_string (assoc_cell (var), " ", quoted); else if ((pflags & PF_ALLINDS) && array_p (var)) tt = temp = array_empty (array_cell (var)) ? (char *)NULL : array_to_string (array_cell (var), " ", quoted); else if (assoc_p (var)) temp = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0"); else if (array_p (var)) temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0); else temp = value_cell (var); #else temp = value_cell (var); #endif if (temp) temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) ? quote_string (temp) : ((pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? quote_rhs (temp) : quote_escapes (temp)); FREE (tt); } else temp = (char *)NULL; } else if (var = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0)) { temp = nameref_cell (var); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* Handle expanding nameref whose value is x[n] */ if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp, 0)) { name = temp; goto expand_arrayref; } else #endif /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo ${x} is not the same as echo ${2} in ksh */ if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp); temp = &expand_param_error; } else temp = (char *)NULL; } else temp = (char *)NULL; if (ret == 0) { ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp; ret->flags |= rflags; } return ret; } static char * parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref) char *name; int var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref; { char *temp, *t; WORD_DESC *w; SHELL_VAR *v; int pflags, oldex; if (find_nameref && var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0)) && nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t) return (savestring (t)); /* If var_is_special == 0, and name is not an array reference, this does more expansion than necessary. It should really look up the variable's value and not try to expand it. */ pflags = PF_IGNUNBOUND; /* Note that we're not going to be doing word splitting here */ if (var_is_special) { pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS; /* suppresses word splitting */ oldex = expand_no_split_dollar_star; expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; } w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, 0); if (var_is_special) expand_no_split_dollar_star = oldex; t = w->word; /* Have to dequote here if necessary */ if (t) { temp = ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || var_is_special) ? dequote_string (t) : dequote_escapes (t); free (t); t = temp; } dispose_word_desc (w); return t; } /* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */ static WORD_DESC * parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at) char *name; int var_is_special, quoted, pflags; int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at; { char *t; WORD_DESC *w; SHELL_VAR *v; /* See if it's a nameref first, behave in ksh93-compatible fashion. There is at least one incompatibility: given ${!foo[0]} where foo=bar, bash performs an indirect lookup on foo[0] and expands the result; ksh93 expands bar[0]. We could do that here -- there are enough usable primitives to do that -- but do not at this point. */ if (var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0))) { if (nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t) { w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = savestring (t); w->flags = 0; return w; } } /* An indirect reference to a positional parameter or a special parameter is ok. Indirect references to array references, as explained above, are ok (currently). Only references to unset variables are errors at this point. */ if (legal_identifier (name) && v == 0) { report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = &expand_param_error; w->flags = 0; return (w); } t = parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, 0); chk_atstar (t, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* Array references to unset variables are also an error */ if (t == 0 && valid_array_reference (name, 0)) { v = array_variable_part (name, 0, (char **)0, (int *)0); if (v == 0) { report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = &expand_param_error; w->flags = 0; return (w); } else return (WORD_DESC *)NULL; } #endif if (t == 0) return (WORD_DESC *)NULL; if (valid_brace_expansion_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR (t, 0)) == 0) { report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), t); free (t); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = &expand_param_error; w->flags = 0; return (w); } w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted, pflags, 0); free (t); return w; } /* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE}, depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs between double quotes. */ static WORD_DESC * parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, op, quoted, pflags, qdollaratp, hasdollarat) char *name, *value; int op, quoted, pflags, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat; { WORD_DESC *w; WORD_LIST *l, *tl; char *t, *t1, *temp, *vname, *newval; int l_hasdollat, sindex, arrayref; SHELL_VAR *v; array_eltstate_t es; /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s pflags = %d", name, value, pflags);*/ /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value) { sindex = 0; temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &sindex, SX_STRIPDQ); } else temp = value; w = alloc_word_desc (); l_hasdollat = 0; l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, op, pflags, &l_hasdollat, (int *)NULL) : (WORD_LIST *)0; if (hasdollarat) *hasdollarat = l_hasdollat || (l && l->next); if (temp != value) free (temp); /* list_string takes multiple CTLNULs and turns them into an empty word with W_SAWQUOTEDNULL set. Turn it back into a single CTLNUL for the rest of this function and the caller. */ for (tl = l; tl; tl = tl->next) { if (tl->word && (tl->word->word == 0 || tl->word->word[0] == 0) && (tl->word->flags | W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)) { t = make_quoted_char ('\0'); FREE (tl->word->word); tl->word->word = t; tl->word->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; tl->word->flags &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; } } if (l) { /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */ if (qdollaratp && ((l_hasdollat && quoted) || l->next)) { /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s: l != NULL, set *qdollaratp", name, value);*/ *qdollaratp = 1; } /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things slightly differently if L_HASDOLLAT is non-zero. If we have "$@", the individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them into a string with the words separated by the first character of $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't do the right thing. If IFS is null, we want "$@" to split into separate arguments, not be concatenated, so we use string_list_internal and mark the word to be split on spaces later. We use string_list_dollar_star for "$@" otherwise. */ if (l->next && ifs_is_null) { temp = string_list_internal (l, " "); w->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; } else if (l_hasdollat || l->next) temp = string_list_dollar_star (l, quoted, 0); else { temp = string_list (l); if (temp && (QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0) && (l->word->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)) w->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ } /* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) (which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */ if (l->next == 0 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && QUOTED_NULL (l->word->word) && (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)) { w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null, turning off qdollaratp", name, value);*/ /* If we return a quoted null with L_HASDOLLARAT, we either have a construct like "${@-$@}" or "${@-${@-$@}}" with no positional parameters or a quoted expansion of "$@" with $1 == ''. In either case, we don't want to enable special handling of $@. */ if (qdollaratp && l_hasdollat) *qdollaratp = 0; } dispose_words (l); } else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && l_hasdollat) { /* Posix interp 221 changed the rules on this. The idea is that something like "$xxx$@" should expand the same as "${foo-$xxx$@}" when foo and xxx are unset. The problem is that it's not in any way backwards compatible and few other shells do it. We're eventually going to try and split the difference (heh) a little bit here. */ /* l_hasdollat == 1 means we saw a quoted dollar at. */ /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return a quoted empty string. Posix interp 888 */ temp = make_quoted_char ('\0'); w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null", name, value);*/ } else temp = (char *)NULL; if (op == '-' || op == '+') { w->word = temp; return w; } /* op == '=' */ t1 = temp ? dequote_string (temp) : savestring (""); free (temp); /* bash-4.4/5.0 */ vname = name; if (*name == '!' && (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]))) { vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (name + 1, SPECIAL_VAR (name, 1), quoted, 1); if (vname == 0 || *vname == 0) { report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name); free (vname); free (t1); dispose_word (w); return &expand_wdesc_error; } if (legal_identifier (vname) == 0) { report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), vname); free (vname); free (t1); dispose_word (w); return &expand_wdesc_error; } } arrayref = 0; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (valid_array_reference (vname, 0)) { init_eltstate (&es); v = assign_array_element (vname, t1, ASS_ALLOWALLSUB, &es); arrayref = 1; newval = es.value; } else #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ v = bind_variable (vname, t1, 0); if (v == 0 || readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v)) /* expansion error */ { if ((v == 0 || readonly_p (v)) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct) { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); } else { if (vname != name) free (vname); last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE; exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } } stupidly_hack_special_variables (vname); /* "In all cases, the final value of parameter shall be substituted." */ if (shell_compatibility_level > 51) { FREE (t1); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (arrayref) { t1 = newval; flush_eltstate (&es); } else t1 = get_variable_value (v); #else t1 = value_cell (v); #endif } if (vname != name) free (vname); /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */ /* If we are double-quoted or if we are not going to be performing word splitting, we want to quote the value we return appropriately, like the other expansions this function handles. */ w->word = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) ? quote_string (t1) : quote_escapes (t1); /* If we have something that's non-null, but not a quoted null string, and we're not going to be performing word splitting (we know we're not because the operator is `='), we can forget we saw a quoted null. */ if (w->word && w->word[0] && QUOTED_NULL (w->word) == 0) w->flags &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* If we convert a null string into a quoted null, make sure the caller knows it. */ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && QUOTED_NULL (w->word)) w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; return w; } /* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is printed. */ static void parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value, check_null) char *name, *value; int check_null; { WORD_LIST *l; char *temp; set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); /* ensure it's non-zero */ if (value && *value) { l = expand_string (value, 0); temp = string_list (l); report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */ FREE (temp); dispose_words (l); } else if (check_null == 0) report_error (_("%s: parameter not set"), name); else report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name); /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we are about to longjmp out. */ free (name); FREE (value); } /* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is OK to do. */ static int valid_length_expression (name) char *name; { return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */ ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */ (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */ #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) valid_array_reference (name + 1, 0) || /* ${#a[7]} */ #endif legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */ } /* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the length of a parameter. */ static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length (name) char *name; { char *t, *newname; intmax_t number, arg_index; WORD_LIST *list; SHELL_VAR *var; var = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */ number = number_of_args (); else if (DOLLAR_AT_STAR (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */ number = number_of_args (); else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') { /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */ switch (name[1]) { case '-': t = which_set_flags (); break; case '?': t = itos (last_command_exit_value); break; case '$': t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid); break; case '!': if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID) t = (char *)NULL; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */ else t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid); break; case '#': t = itos (number_of_args ()); break; } number = STRLEN (t); FREE (t); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1, 0)) number = array_length_reference (name + 1); #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ else { number = 0; if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */ { t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index); if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error) return INTMAX_MIN; number = MB_STRLEN (t); FREE (t); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var))) { if (assoc_p (var)) t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0"); else t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0); if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error) return INTMAX_MIN; number = MB_STRLEN (t); } #endif /* Fast path for the common case of taking the length of a non-dynamic scalar variable value. */ else if ((var || (var = find_variable (name + 1))) && invisible_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0 && var->dynamic_value == 0) number = value_cell (var) ? MB_STRLEN (value_cell (var)) : 0; else if (var == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error == 0) number = 0; else /* ${#PS1} */ { newname = savestring (name); newname[0] = '$'; list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL; free (newname); if (list) dispose_words (list); number = t ? MB_STRLEN (t) : 0; FREE (t); } } return (number); } /* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression, so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules: 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'. 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'. The SD_ARITHEXP flag to skip_to_delim takes care of doing this. */ static char * skiparith (substr, delim) char *substr; int delim; { int i; char delims[2]; delims[0] = delim; delims[1] = '\0'; i = skip_to_delim (substr, 0, delims, SD_ARITHEXP); return (substr + i); } /* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1, then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used. Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */ static int verify_substring_values (v, value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p) SHELL_VAR *v; char *value, *substr; int vtype; intmax_t *e1p, *e2p; { char *t, *temp1, *temp2; arrayind_t len; int expok, eflag; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) ARRAY *a; HASH_TABLE *h; #endif /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */ t = skiparith (substr, ':'); if (*t && *t == ':') *t = '\0'; else t = (char *)0; temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH); eflag = (shell_compatibility_level > 51) ? 0 : EXP_EXPANDED; *e1p = evalexp (temp1, eflag, &expok); free (temp1); if (expok == 0) return (0); len = -1; /* paranoia */ switch (vtype) { case VT_VARIABLE: case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: len = MB_STRLEN (value); break; case VT_POSPARMS: len = number_of_args () + 1; if (*e1p == 0) len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */ break; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case VT_ARRAYVAR: /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */ if (assoc_p (v)) { h = assoc_cell (v); len = assoc_num_elements (h) + (*e1p < 0); } else { a = (ARRAY *)value; len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */ } break; #endif } if (len == -1) /* paranoia */ return -1; if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */ *e1p += len; if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0) return (-1); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR) len = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_num_elements (h) : array_num_elements (a); #endif if (t) { t++; temp2 = savestring (t); temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH); free (temp2); t[-1] = ':'; *e2p = evalexp (temp1, eflag, &expok); free (temp1); if (expok == 0) return (0); /* Should we allow positional parameter length < 0 to count backwards from end of positional parameters? */ #if 1 if ((vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR || vtype == VT_POSPARMS) && *e2p < 0) #else /* XXX - postponed; this isn't really a valuable feature */ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR && *e2p < 0) #endif { internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t); return (0); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array- specific functions. */ if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR) #endif { if (*e2p < 0) { *e2p += len; if (*e2p < 0 || *e2p < *e1p) { internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t); return (0); } } else *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */ if (*e2p > len) *e2p = len; } } else *e2p = len; return (1); } /* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable, positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element). QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines. FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again. If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */ static int get_var_and_type (varname, value, estatep, quoted, flags, varp, valp) char *varname, *value; array_eltstate_t *estatep; int quoted, flags; SHELL_VAR **varp; char **valp; { int vtype, want_indir; char *temp, *vname; SHELL_VAR *v; want_indir = *varname == '!' && (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)varname[1]) || DIGIT (varname[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (varname[1])); if (want_indir) vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (varname+1, SPECIAL_VAR (varname, 1), quoted, 1); /* XXX - what if vname == 0 || *vname == 0 ? */ else vname = varname; if (vname == 0) { vtype = VT_VARIABLE; *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; *valp = (char *)NULL; return (vtype); } /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */ vtype = STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR (vname); if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && vname[0] == '*') vtype |= VT_STARSUB; *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (valid_array_reference (vname, 0)) { v = array_variable_part (vname, 0, &temp, (int *)0); /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index, the caller will set ESTATEP->IND to that index and pass AV_USEIND in FLAGS. */ if (estatep && (flags & AV_USEIND) == 0) estatep->ind = INTMAX_MIN; if (v && invisible_p (v)) { vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER; *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; *valp = (char *)NULL; } if (v && (array_p (v) || assoc_p (v))) { if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == RBRACK) { /* Callers have to differentiate between indexed and associative */ vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR; if (temp[0] == '*') vtype |= VT_STARSUB; *valp = array_p (v) ? (char *)array_cell (v) : (char *)assoc_cell (v); } else { vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER; *valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, estatep); } *varp = v; } else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == RBRACK)) { vtype = VT_VARIABLE; *varp = v; if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) *valp = value ? dequote_string (value) : (char *)NULL; else *valp = value ? dequote_escapes (value) : (char *)NULL; } else { vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER; *varp = v; *valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, estatep); } } else if ((v = find_variable (vname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && (assoc_p (v) || array_p (v))) { vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER; *varp = v; *valp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v), 0); } else #endif { if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE) { *varp = find_variable (vname); if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) *valp = dequote_string (value); else *valp = dequote_escapes (value); } else *valp = value; } if (want_indir) free (vname); return vtype; } /***********************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to perform transformations on variable values */ /* */ /***********************************************************/ static char * string_var_assignment (v, s) SHELL_VAR *v; char *s; { char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *ret, *val; int i; val = (v && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0)) ? (char *)NULL : sh_quote_reusable (s, 0); i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags); if (i == 0 && val == 0) return (char *)NULL; ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + STRLEN (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16 + MAX_ATTRIBUTES); if (i > 0 && val == 0) sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s", flags, v->name); else if (i > 0) sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val); else sprintf (ret, "%s=%s", v->name, val); free (val); return ret; } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static char * array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, atype) SHELL_VAR *v; int itype, quoted, atype; { char *ret, *val, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES]; int i; if (v == 0) return (char *)NULL; if (atype == 2) val = array_p (v) ? array_to_kvpair (array_cell (v), 0) : assoc_to_kvpair (assoc_cell (v), 0); else val = array_p (v) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v), 0) : assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v), 0); if (val == 0 && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0)) ; /* placeholder */ else if (val == 0) { val = (char *)xmalloc (3); val[0] = LPAREN; val[1] = RPAREN; val[2] = 0; } else { ret = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) ? quote_string (val) : quote_escapes (val); free (val); val = ret; } if (atype == 2) return val; i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags); ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + STRLEN (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16); if (val) sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val); else sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s", flags, v->name); free (val); return ret; } #endif static char * pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted) WORD_LIST *list; int itype; int quoted; { char *temp, *ret; /* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */ temp = list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted); ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp) + 8); strcpy (ret, "set -- "); strcpy (ret + 7, temp); free (temp); return ret; } static char * string_transform (xc, v, s) int xc; SHELL_VAR *v; char *s; { char *ret, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *t; int i; if (((xc == 'A' || xc == 'a') && v == 0)) return (char *)NULL; else if (xc != 'a' && xc != 'A' && s == 0) return (char *)NULL; switch (xc) { /* Transformations that interrogate the variable */ case 'a': i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags); ret = (i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL; break; case 'A': ret = string_var_assignment (v, s); break; case 'K': case 'k': ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0); break; /* Transformations that modify the variable's value */ case 'E': t = ansiexpand (s, 0, strlen (s), (int *)0); ret = dequote_escapes (t); free (t); break; case 'P': ret = decode_prompt_string (s); break; case 'Q': ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0); break; case 'U': ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_UPPER); break; case 'u': ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_UPFIRST); /* capitalize */ break; case 'L': ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_LOWER); break; default: ret = (char *)NULL; break; } return ret; } static char * list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted) int xc; SHELL_VAR *v; WORD_LIST *list; int itype, quoted; { WORD_LIST *new, *l; WORD_DESC *w; char *tword; int qflags; for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next) { tword = string_transform (xc, v, l->word->word); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); /* XXX */ new = make_word_list (w, new); } l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *); qflags = quoted; /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */ if (itype == '*' && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null) qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, qflags, 0); dispose_words (l); return (tword); } static char * parameter_list_transform (xc, itype, quoted) int xc; int itype; int quoted; { char *ret; WORD_LIST *list; list = list_rest_of_args (); if (list == 0) return ((char *)NULL); if (xc == 'A') ret = pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted); else ret = list_transform (xc, (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted); dispose_words (list); return (ret); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) static char * array_transform (xc, var, starsub, quoted) int xc; SHELL_VAR *var; int starsub; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */ int quoted; { ARRAY *a; HASH_TABLE *h; int itype, qflags; char *ret; WORD_LIST *list; SHELL_VAR *v; v = var; /* XXX - for now */ itype = starsub ? '*' : '@'; if (xc == 'A') return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, 1)); else if (xc == 'K') return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, 2)); /* special case for unset arrays and attributes */ if (xc == 'a' && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0)) { char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES]; int i; i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags); return ((i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL); } a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0; h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0; /* XXX - for now */ if (xc == 'k') { if (v == 0) return ((char *)NULL); list = array_p (v) ? array_to_kvpair_list (a) : assoc_to_kvpair_list (h); qflags = quoted; /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */ if (itype == '*' && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null) qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */ ret = string_list_pos_params (itype, list, qflags, 0); dispose_words (list); return ret; } list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0); if (list == 0) return ((char *)NULL); ret = list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted); dispose_words (list); return ret; } #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ static int valid_parameter_transform (xform) char *xform; { if (xform[1]) return 0; /* check for valid values of xform[0] */ switch (xform[0]) { case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */ case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */ case 'K': /* expand assoc array to list of key/value pairs */ case 'k': /* XXX - for now */ case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */ case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */ case 'Q': /* quote reusably */ case 'U': /* transform to uppercase */ case 'u': /* transform by capitalizing */ case 'L': /* transform to lowercase */ return 1; default: return 0; } } static char * parameter_brace_transform (varname, value, estatep, xform, rtype, quoted, pflags, flags) char *varname, *value; array_eltstate_t *estatep; char *xform; int rtype, quoted, pflags, flags; { int vtype, xc, starsub; char *temp1, *val, *oname; SHELL_VAR *v; xc = xform[0]; if (value == 0 && xc != 'A' && xc != 'a') return ((char *)NULL); oname = this_command_name; this_command_name = varname; vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, estatep, quoted, flags, &v, &val); if (vtype == -1) { this_command_name = oname; return ((char *)NULL); } if (xform[0] == 0 || valid_parameter_transform (xform) == 0) { this_command_name = oname; if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal); } starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; /* If we are asked to display the attributes of an unset variable, V will be NULL after the call to get_var_and_type. Double-check here. */ if ((xc == 'a' || xc == 'A') && vtype == VT_VARIABLE && varname && v == 0) v = find_variable (varname); temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */ switch (vtype) { case VT_VARIABLE: case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: temp1 = string_transform (xc, v, val); if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); if (temp1) { val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_string (temp1) : quote_escapes (temp1); free (temp1); temp1 = val; } break; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case VT_ARRAYVAR: temp1 = array_transform (xc, v, starsub, quoted); if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) { val = quote_escapes (temp1); free (temp1); temp1 = val; } break; #endif case VT_POSPARMS: temp1 = parameter_list_transform (xc, varname[0], quoted); if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) { val = quote_escapes (temp1); free (temp1); temp1 = val; } break; } this_command_name = oname; return temp1; } /******************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */ /* */ /******************************************************/ #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) /* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly multibyte character) positions that require calculation. Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */ static char * mb_substring (string, s, e) char *string; int s, e; { char *tt; int start, stop, i; size_t slen; DECLARE_MBSTATE; start = 0; /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0; i = s; while (string[start] && i--) ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start); stop = start; i = e - s; while (string[stop] && i--) ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop); tt = substring (string, start, stop); return tt; } #endif /* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */ static char * parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, estatep, substr, quoted, pflags, flags) char *varname, *value; array_eltstate_t *estatep; char *substr; int quoted, pflags, flags; { intmax_t e1, e2; int vtype, r, starsub; char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname; SHELL_VAR *v; if (value == 0 && ((varname[0] != '@' && varname[0] != '*') || varname[1])) return ((char *)NULL); oname = this_command_name; this_command_name = varname; vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, estatep, quoted, flags, &v, &val); if (vtype == -1) { this_command_name = oname; return ((char *)NULL); } starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; r = verify_substring_values (v, val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2); this_command_name = oname; if (r <= 0) { if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL); } switch (vtype) { case VT_VARIABLE: case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2); else #endif tt = substring (val, e1, e2); if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) temp = quote_string (tt); else temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL; FREE (tt); break; case VT_POSPARMS: case VT_ARRAYVAR: if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS) tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted, pflags); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* assoc_subrange and array_subrange both call string_list_pos_params, so we can treat this case just like VT_POSPARAMS. */ else if (assoc_p (v)) /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th element -- officially undefined for now */ tt = assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted, pflags); else /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be sparse, so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers specified and we rely on array_subrange to understand how to deal with them). */ tt = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted, pflags); #endif /* We want to leave this alone in every case where pos_params/ string_list_pos_params quotes the list members */ if (tt && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { temp = tt; /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (tt && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) { temp = tt; /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0) { temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL; FREE (tt); } else temp = tt; break; default: temp = (char *)NULL; } return temp; } /****************************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */ /* */ /****************************************************************/ static int shouldexp_replacement (s) char *s; { size_t slen; int sindex, c; DECLARE_MBSTATE; sindex = 0; slen = STRLEN (s); while (c = s[sindex]) { if (c == '\\') { sindex++; if (s[sindex] == 0) return 0; /* We want to remove this backslash because we treat it as special in this context. THIS ASSUMES THE STRING IS PROCESSED BY strcreplace() OR EQUIVALENT that handles removing backslashes preceding the special character. */ if (s[sindex] == '&') return 1; if (s[sindex] == '\\') return 1; } else if (c == '&') return 1; ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex); } return 0; } char * pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags) char *string, *pat, *rep; int mflags; { char *ret, *s, *e, *str, *rstr, *mstr, *send; int rptr, mtype, rxpand, mlen; size_t rsize, l, replen, rslen; DECLARE_MBSTATE; if (string == 0) return (savestring ("")); mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK; rxpand = mflags & MATCH_EXPREP; /* Special cases: * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING * with REP and return the result. * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to * STRING and return the result. * 3. A null STRING with a matching pattern means to append REP to * STRING and return the result. * * These process `&' in the replacement string, like `sed' does when * presented with a BRE of `^' or `$'. */ if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END)) { rstr = (mflags & MATCH_EXPREP) ? strcreplace (rep, '&', "", 2) : rep; rslen = STRLEN (rstr); l = STRLEN (string); ret = (char *)xmalloc (rslen + l + 2); if (rslen == 0) strcpy (ret, string); else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG) { strcpy (ret, rstr); strcpy (ret + rslen, string); } else { strcpy (ret, string); strcpy (ret + l, rstr); } if (rstr != rep) free (rstr); return (ret); } else if (*string == 0 && (match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, &s, &e) != 0)) return (mflags & MATCH_EXPREP) ? strcreplace (rep, '&', "", 2) : (rep ? savestring (rep) : savestring ("")); ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64); ret[0] = '\0'; send = string + strlen (string); for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string; *str;) { if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0) break; l = s - str; if (rep && rxpand) { int x; mlen = e - s; mstr = xmalloc (mlen + 1); for (x = 0; x < mlen; x++) mstr[x] = s[x]; mstr[mlen] = '\0'; rstr = strcreplace (rep, '&', mstr, 2); free (mstr); rslen = strlen (rstr); } else { rstr = rep; rslen = replen; } RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + rslen), rsize, 64); /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */ if (l) { strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l); rptr += l; } if (replen) { strncpy (ret + rptr, rstr, rslen); rptr += rslen; } str = e; /* e == end of match */ if (rstr != rep) free (rstr); if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY) break; if (s == e) { /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */ char *p, *origp, *origs; size_t clen; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, locale_mb_cur_max, rsize, 64); #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) p = origp = ret + rptr; origs = str; COPY_CHAR_P (p, str, send); rptr += p - origp; e += str - origs; #else ret[rptr++] = *str++; e++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */ #endif } } /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */ if (str && *str) { l = send - str + 1; RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, l, rsize, 64); strcpy (ret + rptr, str); } else ret[rptr] = '\0'; return ret; } /* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */ static char * pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags) char *string, *pat, *rep; int mflags; { WORD_LIST *save, *params; WORD_DESC *w; char *ret; int pchar, qflags, pflags; save = params = list_rest_of_args (); if (save == 0) return ((char *)NULL); for ( ; params; params = params->next) { ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = ret ? ret : savestring (""); dispose_word (params->word); params->word = w; } pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@'; qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0; pflags = (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS ? PF_ASSIGNRHS : 0; /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */ if (pchar == '*' && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null) qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags, pflags); dispose_words (save); return (ret); } /* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting currently in effect. */ static char * parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, estatep, patsub, quoted, pflags, flags) char *varname, *value; array_eltstate_t *estatep; char *patsub; int quoted, pflags, flags; { int vtype, mflags, starsub, delim; char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt, *oname; SHELL_VAR *v; if (value == 0) return ((char *)NULL); oname = this_command_name; this_command_name = varname; /* error messages */ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, estatep, quoted, flags, &v, &val); if (vtype == -1) { this_command_name = oname; return ((char *)NULL); } starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; mflags = 0; /* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */ if (*patsub == '/') { mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP; patsub++; } /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */ lpatsub = savestring (patsub); if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; if (starsub) mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB; if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS; /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking for the replacement delimiter. */ delim = skip_to_delim (lpatsub, ((*patsub == '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0); if (lpatsub[delim] == '/') { lpatsub[delim] = 0; rep = lpatsub + delim + 1; } else rep = (char *)NULL; if (rep && *rep == '\0') rep = (char *)NULL; /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the pattern removal expansions. */ pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1); if (rep) { /* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as special. THIS IS NOT BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE WITH BASH-4.2. */ if (shell_compatibility_level > 42 && patsub_replacement == 0) rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted & ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT), expand_string_unsplit); else if (shell_compatibility_level > 42 && patsub_replacement) rep = expand_string_for_patsub (rep, quoted & ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)); /* This is the bash-4.2 code. */ else if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit); else rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit); /* Check whether or not to replace `&' in the replacement string after expanding it, since we want to treat backslashes quoting the `&' consistently. */ if (patsub_replacement && rep && *rep && shouldexp_replacement (rep)) mflags |= MATCH_EXPREP; } /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement, though. */ p = pat; if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) mflags |= MATCH_ANY; else if (pat && pat[0] == '#') { mflags |= MATCH_BEG; p++; } else if (pat && pat[0] == '%') { mflags |= MATCH_END; p++; } else mflags |= MATCH_ANY; /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution code works right. We need to requote special chars after we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */ switch (vtype) { case VT_VARIABLE: case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags); if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); if (temp) { tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp); free (temp); temp = tt; } break; case VT_POSPARMS: /* This does the right thing for the case where we are not performing word splitting. MATCH_STARSUB restricts it to ${* /foo/bar}, and pos_params_pat_subst/string_list_pos_params will do the right thing in turn for the case where ifs_is_null. Posix interp 888 */ if ((pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2) && (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB)) mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS; temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags); if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) { tt = quote_escapes (temp); free (temp); temp = tt; } break; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case VT_ARRAYVAR: /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be expanded to make it identical to $*. */ if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null) mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; /* Posix interp 888 */ /* these eventually call string_list_pos_params */ if (assoc_p (v)) temp = assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v), p, rep, mflags); else temp = array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags); if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) { tt = quote_escapes (temp); free (temp); temp = tt; } break; #endif } FREE (pat); FREE (rep); free (lpatsub); this_command_name = oname; return temp; } /****************************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */ /* */ /****************************************************************/ /* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */ static char * pos_params_modcase (string, pat, modop, mflags) char *string, *pat; int modop; int mflags; { WORD_LIST *save, *params; WORD_DESC *w; char *ret; int pchar, qflags, pflags; save = params = list_rest_of_args (); if (save == 0) return ((char *)NULL); for ( ; params; params = params->next) { ret = sh_modcase (params->word->word, pat, modop); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = ret ? ret : savestring (""); dispose_word (params->word); params->word = w; } pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@'; qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0; pflags = (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS ? PF_ASSIGNRHS : 0; /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */ if (pchar == '*' && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null) qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags, pflags); dispose_words (save); return (ret); } /* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting currently in effect. */ static char * parameter_brace_casemod (varname, value, estatep, modspec, patspec, quoted, pflags, flags) char *varname, *value; array_eltstate_t *estatep; int modspec; char *patspec; int quoted, pflags, flags; { int vtype, starsub, modop, mflags, x; char *val, *temp, *pat, *p, *lpat, *tt, *oname; SHELL_VAR *v; if (value == 0) return ((char *)NULL); oname = this_command_name; this_command_name = varname; vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, estatep, quoted, flags, &v, &val); if (vtype == -1) { this_command_name = oname; return ((char *)NULL); } starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; modop = 0; mflags = 0; if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; if (starsub) mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB; if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS; p = patspec; if (modspec == '^') { x = p && p[0] == modspec; modop = x ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_UPFIRST; p += x; } else if (modspec == ',') { x = p && p[0] == modspec; modop = x ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_LOWFIRST; p += x; } else if (modspec == '~') { x = p && p[0] == modspec; modop = x ? CASE_TOGGLEALL : CASE_TOGGLE; p += x; } lpat = p ? savestring (p) : 0; /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the pattern removal expansions. */ pat = lpat ? getpattern (lpat, quoted, 1) : 0; /* OK, now we do the case modification. */ switch (vtype) { case VT_VARIABLE: case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: temp = sh_modcase (val, pat, modop); if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) FREE (val); if (temp) { tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp); free (temp); temp = tt; } break; case VT_POSPARMS: temp = pos_params_modcase (val, pat, modop, mflags); if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) { tt = quote_escapes (temp); free (temp); temp = tt; } break; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case VT_ARRAYVAR: /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be expanded to make it identical to $*. */ if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null) mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; /* Posix interp 888 */ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags) : array_modcase (array_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags); if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) { /* Posix interp 888 */ } else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) { tt = quote_escapes (temp); free (temp); temp = tt; } break; #endif } FREE (pat); free (lpat); this_command_name = oname; return temp; } /* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0. Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */ static int chk_arithsub (s, len) const char *s; int len; { int i, count; DECLARE_MBSTATE; i = count = 0; while (i < len) { if (s[i] == LPAREN) count++; else if (s[i] == RPAREN) { count--; if (count < 0) return 0; } switch (s[i]) { default: ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i); break; case '\\': i++; if (s[i]) ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i); break; case '\'': i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i, 0); break; case '"': i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i, 0); break; } } return (count == 0); } /****************************************************************/ /* */ /* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */ /* */ /****************************************************************/ /* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */ static WORD_DESC * parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at) char *string; int *indexp, quoted, pflags, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at; { int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special; int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub, want_casemod, want_attributes; char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1; WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret; int t_index, sindex, c, tflag, modspec, local_pflags, all_element_arrayref; intmax_t number; array_eltstate_t es; temp = temp1 = value = (char *)NULL; var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0; want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = want_casemod = want_attributes = 0; local_pflags = 0; all_element_arrayref = 0; sindex = *indexp; t_index = ++sindex; /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */ if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", SX_VARNAME); else #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS) /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character define CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE in config-top.h */ # if defined (CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE) name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME); # else name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME); # endif /* CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE */ #else name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME); #endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */ /* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly the cleanest code ever. */ if (*name == 0 && sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '@') { name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 2); name[0] = '@'; name[1] = '\0'; t_index++; } else if (*name == '!' && t_index > sindex && string[t_index] == '@' && string[t_index+1] == RBRACE) { name = (char *)xrealloc (name, t_index - sindex + 2); name[t_index - sindex] = '@'; name[t_index - sindex + 1] = '\0'; t_index++; } ret = 0; tflag = 0; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) init_eltstate (&es); #endif es.ind = INTMAX_MIN; /* XXX */ /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more general. */ if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) || (sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[sindex + 1])) || (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index]))) { t_index++; temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0); name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3 + (strlen (temp1))); *name = string[sindex]; if (string[sindex] == '!') { /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */ name[1] = string[sindex + 1]; strcpy (name + 2, temp1); } else strcpy (name + 1, temp1); free (temp1); } sindex = t_index; /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then do the appropriate thing. */ if (c = string[sindex]) sindex++; /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that a substring specification is being given, and do not move past it. */ if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex])) { check_nullness++; if (c = string[sindex]) sindex++; } else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE) want_substring = 1; else if (c == '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */ want_patsub = 1; #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS) else if (c == '^' || c == ',' || c == '~') { modspec = c; want_casemod = 1; } #endif else if (c == '@' && (string[sindex] == 'a' || string[sindex] == 'A') && string[sindex+1] == RBRACE) { /* special case because we do not want to shortcut foo as foo[0] here */ want_attributes = 1; local_pflags |= PF_ALLINDS; } /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the tests above. */ /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-. Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE) { name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3); name[1] = c; name[2] = '\0'; c = string[sindex++]; } /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 && member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE) { temp = (char *)NULL; goto bad_substitution; /* XXX - substitution error */ } /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */ want_indir = *name == '!' && (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])); /* Determine the value of this variable whose name is NAME. */ /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */ if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir)) var_is_special++; /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */ if (*name == '#' && name[1]) { /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name. Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying to go on. */ if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0)) { temp = (char *)NULL; goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */ } number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name); if (number == INTMAX_MIN && unbound_vars_is_error) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (name+1); free (name); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } free (name); *indexp = sindex; if (number < 0) return (&expand_wdesc_error); else { ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = itos (number); return ret; } } /* ${@} is identical to $@. */ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0') { if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; tflag |= W_DOLLARAT; } /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE && (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') && legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1])) { char **x; WORD_LIST *xlist; temp1 = savestring (name + 1); number = strlen (temp1); temp1[number - 1] = '\0'; x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1); xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0); if (string[sindex - 2] == '*') temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist, quoted, 0); else { temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted, 0); if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; tflag |= W_DOLLARAT; } free (x); dispose_words (xlist); free (temp1); *indexp = sindex; free (name); ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp; ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */ return ret; } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE && string[sindex - 2] == RBRACK && valid_array_reference (name+1, 0)) { char *x, *x1; temp1 = savestring (name + 1); x = array_variable_name (temp1, 0, &x1, (int *)0); FREE (x); if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == RBRACK) { temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted, pflags); /* handles assoc vars too */ if (x1[0] == '@') { if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; tflag |= W_DOLLARAT; } free (name); free (temp1); *indexp = sindex; ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp; ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */ return ret; } free (temp1); } #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */ if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name, var_is_special) == 0) { temp = (char *)NULL; goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */ } if (want_indir) { tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, pflags|local_pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal) { temp = (char *)NULL; goto bad_substitution; } /* Turn off the W_ARRAYIND flag because there is no way for this function to return the index we're supposed to be using. */ if (tdesc && tdesc->flags) tdesc->flags &= ~W_ARRAYIND; /* If the indir expansion contains $@/$*, extend the special treatment of the case of no positional parameters and `set -u' to it. */ if (contains_dollar_at && *contains_dollar_at) all_element_arrayref = 1; } else { local_pflags |= PF_IGNUNBOUND|(pflags&(PF_NOSPLIT2|PF_ASSIGNRHS)); tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, local_pflags, &es); } if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal) { tflag = 0; tdesc = 0; } if (tdesc) { temp = tdesc->word; tflag = tdesc->flags; dispose_word_desc (tdesc); } else temp = (char *)0; if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal) { FREE (name); FREE (value); return (temp == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (valid_array_reference (name, 0)) { int qflags; char *t; qflags = quoted; /* If in a context where word splitting will not take place, treat as if double-quoted. Has effects with $* and ${array[*]} */ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* We duplicate a little code here */ t = mbschr (name, LBRACK); if (t && ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[1]) && t[2] == RBRACK) { all_element_arrayref = 1; if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && t[1] == '*') /* XXX */ qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; } chk_atstar (name, qflags, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); } #endif var_is_set = temp != (char *)0; var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0); /* XXX - this may not need to be restricted to special variables */ if (check_nullness) var_is_null |= var_is_set && var_is_special && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (check_nullness) var_is_null |= var_is_set && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && valid_array_reference (name, 0) && chk_atstar (name, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0); #endif /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */ if (c && c != RBRACE) { /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion according to the Posix.2 rules. */ value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, (c == '%' || c == '#' || c =='/' || c == '^' || c == ',' || c ==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP|SX_WORD : SX_WORD); if (string[sindex] == RBRACE) sindex++; else goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */ } else value = (char *)NULL; *indexp = sindex; /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound variable error. */ if (want_substring || want_patsub || want_casemod || c == '@' || c == '#' || c == '%' || c == RBRACE) { if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && ((name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '*') || name[1]) && all_element_arrayref == 0) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (name); FREE (value); FREE (temp); free (name); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } } /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */ if (want_substring) { temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, &es, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0); FREE (value); FREE (temp); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal) { FREE (name); return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp1; /* We test quoted_dollar_atp because we want variants with double-quoted "$@" to take a different code path. In fact, we make sure at the end of expand_word_internal that we're only looking at these flags if quoted_dollar_at == 0. */ if (temp1 && (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */ /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */ FREE (name); return ret; } else if (want_patsub) { temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, &es, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0); FREE (value); FREE (temp); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal) { FREE (name); return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp1; if (temp1 && (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */ FREE (name); return ret; } #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS) else if (want_casemod) { temp1 = parameter_brace_casemod (name, temp, &es, modspec, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0); FREE (value); FREE (temp); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal) { FREE (name); return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp1; if (temp1 && (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */ FREE (name); return ret; } #endif /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */ switch (c) { default: case '\0': bad_substitution: set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??"); FREE (value); FREE (temp); free (name); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif if (shell_compatibility_level <= 43) return &expand_wdesc_error; else return ((posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0) ? &expand_wdesc_fatal : &expand_wdesc_error); case RBRACE: break; case '@': temp1 = parameter_brace_transform (name, temp, &es, value, c, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0); free (temp); free (value); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal) { free (name); set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??"); return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp1; if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */ free (name); return ret; case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */ case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0') { FREE (value); break; } temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, &es, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0); free (temp); free (value); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->word = temp1; if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */ free (name); return ret; case '-': case '=': case '?': case '+': if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0) { /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */ if (c == '+') { /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@", we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" -- we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 0; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 0; FREE (temp); if (value) { /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be removed. */ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE; ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */ free (value); } else temp = (char *)NULL; } else { FREE (value); } /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */ } else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */ { /* If we're freeing a quoted null here, we need to remember we saw it so we can restore it later if needed, or the caller can note it. The check against `+' doesn't really matter, since the other cases don't use or return TFLAG, but it's good for clarity. */ if (c == '+' && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; FREE (temp); temp = (char *)NULL; if (c == '=' && var_is_special) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name); free (name); free (value); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif return &expand_wdesc_error; } else if (c == '?') { parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value, check_nullness); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } else if (c != '+') { /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@", we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" -- we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) *quoted_dollar_atp = 0; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 0; /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be removed. */ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE; ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */ } free (value); } break; } free (name); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) flush_eltstate (&es); #endif if (ret == 0) { ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->flags = tflag; ret->word = temp; } return (ret); } /* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work, possibly calling param_expand recursively. */ static WORD_DESC * param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something, contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p, pflags) char *string; int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at; int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags; { char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3], *savecmd; int zindex, t_index, expok, eflag; unsigned char c; intmax_t number; SHELL_VAR *var; WORD_LIST *list, *l; WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret; int tflag, nullarg; /*itrace("param_expand: `%s' pflags = %d", string+*sindex, pflags);*/ zindex = *sindex; c = string[++zindex]; temp = (char *)NULL; ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL; tflag = 0; /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */ switch (c) { /* $0 .. $9? */ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)]; /* This doesn't get called when (pflags&PF_IGNUNBOUND) != 0 */ if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL) { uerror[0] = '$'; uerror[1] = c; uerror[2] = '\0'; set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (uerror); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } if (temp1) temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ? quote_string (temp1) : quote_escapes (temp1); else temp = (char *)NULL; break; /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */ case '$': temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid); break; /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */ case '#': temp = itos (number_of_args ()); break; /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */ case '?': temp = itos (last_command_exit_value); break; /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */ case '-': temp = which_set_flags (); break; /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */ case '!': /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing. If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have been created, this is an expansion error. */ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID) { if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 0; temp = (char *)NULL; if (unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0) { uerror[0] = '$'; uerror[1] = c; uerror[2] = '\0'; set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (uerror); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } } else temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid); break; /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */ case '*': /* `$*' */ list = list_rest_of_args (); #if 0 /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009: "The shell shall write a message to standard error and immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter other than the '@' and '*' special parameters." */ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0) { uerror[0] = '$'; uerror[1] = '*'; uerror[2] = '\0'; set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (uerror); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } #endif /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just disappear if there are other characters in the expansion, even if it's quoted. */ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0) temp = (char *)NULL; else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) { /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is null, the parameters are concatenated. */ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list (list); if (temp) { temp1 = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? quote_string (temp) : temp; if (*temp == 0) tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; if (temp != temp1) free (temp); temp = temp1; } } else { /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here, for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is identical to $@ */ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) { /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS unset: no splitting, separate with space */ temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags); temp = temp1 ? quote_string (temp1) : temp1; /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */ if (temp1 && *temp1 == 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp)) tflag |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; FREE (temp1); } else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) { /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to '' */ temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags); temp = temp1 ? quote_escapes (temp1) : temp1; FREE (temp1); } else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) { /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to non-null value */ temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags); temp = temp1 ? quote_string (temp1) : temp1; /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */ if (temp1 && *temp1 == 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp)) tflag |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; FREE (temp1); } /* XXX - should we check ifs_is_set here as well? */ # if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0) # else else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0) # endif /* Posix interp 888: not RHS, no splitting, IFS set to '' */ temp = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0); else { temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Set W_SPLITSPACE to make sure the individual positional parameters are split into separate arguments */ #if 0 if (quoted == 0 && (ifs_is_set == 0 || ifs_is_null)) #else /* change with bash-5.0 */ if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) #endif tflag |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* If we're not quoted but we still don't want word splitting, make we quote the IFS characters to protect them from splitting (e.g., when $@ is in the string as well). */ else if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) { temp1 = quote_string (temp); free (temp); temp = temp1; } } if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; } dispose_words (list); break; /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into the individually quoted arguments so that the final split on the first character of $IFS is still done. */ case '@': /* `$@' */ list = list_rest_of_args (); #if 0 /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009: "The shell shall write a message to standard error and immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter other than the '@' and '*' special parameters." */ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0) { uerror[0] = '$'; uerror[1] = '@'; uerror[2] = '\0'; set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (uerror); return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); } #endif for (nullarg = 0, l = list; l; l = l->next) { if (l->word && (l->word->word == 0 || l->word->word[0] == 0)) nullarg = 1; } /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn off quoting entirely, because other characters in the string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some way to signal that the final split on the first character of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */ /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */ if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) *quoted_dollar_at_p = 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space. We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what -- according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */ /* XXX - what to do when in a context where word splitting is not performed? Even when IFS is not the default, posix seems to imply that we have to expand $@ to all the positional parameters and separate them with spaces, which are preserved because word splitting doesn't take place. See below for how we use PF_NOSPLIT2 here. */ /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed. */ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) { temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, (quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES), pflags); if (nullarg) tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* we know quoting produces quoted nulls */ } /* This needs to match what expand_word_internal does with non-quoted $@ does with separating with spaces. Passing Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means that the characters in LIST will be quoted, and PF_ASSIGNRHS ensures that they will separated by spaces. After doing this, we need the special handling for PF_NOSPLIT2 in expand_word_internal to remove the CTLESC quotes. */ else if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2) { #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc[0] != ' ') #else if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc != ' ') #endif /* Posix interp 888 */ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, pflags); else temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags); } else temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags); tflag |= W_DOLLARAT; dispose_words (list); break; case LBRACE: tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_at_p, contains_dollar_at); if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal) return (tdesc); temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0; /* XXX */ /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else in the string. */ /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at the end of this function if there are no other characters in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs special handling. */ if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp)) { if (had_quoted_null_p) *had_quoted_null_p = 1; if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0) { free (temp); tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL; } } ret = tdesc; goto return0; /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */ case LPAREN: /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */ t_index = zindex + 1; /* XXX - might want to check for string[t_index+2] == LPAREN and parse as arithmetic substitution immediately. */ temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index, (pflags&PF_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0); zindex = t_index; /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution, extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */ if (temp && *temp == LPAREN) { char *temp2; temp1 = temp + 1; temp2 = savestring (temp1); t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1; if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN) { free (temp2); goto comsub; } /* Cut off ending `)' */ temp2[t_index] = '\0'; if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0) { free (temp2); #if 0 internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution")); #endif goto comsub; } /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH); free (temp2); arithsub: /* No error messages. */ savecmd = this_command_name; this_command_name = (char *)NULL; eflag = (shell_compatibility_level > 51) ? 0 : EXP_EXPANDED; number = evalexp (temp1, eflag, &expok); this_command_name = savecmd; free (temp); free (temp1); if (expok == 0) { if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); return (&expand_wdesc_fatal); } else return (&expand_wdesc_error); } temp = itos (number); break; } comsub: if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB) /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */ temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1); else { tdesc = command_substitute (temp, quoted, pflags&PF_ASSIGNRHS); temp1 = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)NULL; if (tdesc) dispose_word_desc (tdesc); } FREE (temp); temp = temp1; break; /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go away in a future bash release. */ case '[': /*]*/ /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */ t_index = zindex + 1; temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index); zindex = t_index; if (temp == 0) { temp = savestring (string); if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 0; goto return0; } /* Do initial variable expansion. */ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH); goto arithsub; default: /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */ temp = (char *)NULL; for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++) ; temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL; /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */ if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0') { FREE (temp1); temp = (char *)xmalloc (2); temp[0] = '$'; temp[1] = '\0'; if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 0; goto return0; } /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */ var = find_variable (temp1); if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var)) { #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (assoc_p (var) || array_p (var)) { temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0) : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0"); if (temp) temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp); else if (unbound_vars_is_error) goto unbound_variable; } else #endif { temp = value_cell (var); temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) ? quote_string (temp) : ((pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? quote_rhs (temp) : quote_escapes (temp)); } free (temp1); goto return0; } else if (var && (invisible_p (var) || var_isset (var) == 0)) temp = (char *)NULL; else if ((var = find_variable_last_nameref (temp1, 0)) && var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0) { temp = nameref_cell (var); #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp, 0)) { chk_atstar (temp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_at_p, contains_dollar_at); tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (temp, SPECIAL_VAR (temp, 0), quoted, pflags, 0); if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal) return (tdesc); ret = tdesc; goto return0; } else #endif /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo $x is not the same as echo $2 in ksh */ if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp); return (&expand_wdesc_error); /* XXX */ } else temp = (char *)NULL; } temp = (char *)NULL; unbound_variable: if (unbound_vars_is_error) { set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); err_unboundvar (temp1); } else { free (temp1); goto return0; } free (temp1); set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0) ? &expand_wdesc_fatal : &expand_wdesc_error); } if (string[zindex]) zindex++; return0: *sindex = zindex; if (ret == 0) { ret = alloc_word_desc (); ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */ ret->word = temp; } return ret; } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* Characters that need to be backslash-quoted after expanding array subscripts */ static char abstab[256] = { '\1' }; /* Run an array subscript through the appropriate word expansions. */ char * expand_subscript_string (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { WORD_DESC td; WORD_LIST *tlist; int oe; char *ret; if (string == 0 || *string == 0) return (char *)NULL; oe = expand_no_split_dollar_star; ret = (char *)NULL; td.flags = W_NOPROCSUB|W_NOTILDE|W_NOSPLIT2; /* XXX - W_NOCOMSUB? */ td.word = savestring (string); /* in case it's freed on error */ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; tlist = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); expand_no_split_dollar_star = oe; if (tlist) { if (tlist->word) { remove_quoted_nulls (tlist->word->word); tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; } dequote_list (tlist); ret = string_list (tlist); dispose_words (tlist); } free (td.word); return (ret); } /* Expand the subscript in STRING, which is an array reference. To ensure we only expand it once, we quote the characters that would start another expansion and the bracket characters that are special to array subscripts. */ static char * expand_array_subscript (string, sindex, quoted, flags) char *string; int *sindex; int quoted, flags; { char *ret, *exp, *t; size_t slen; int si, ni; si = *sindex; slen = STRLEN (string); if (abstab[0] == '\1') { /* These are basically the characters that start shell expansions plus the characters that delimit subscripts. */ memset (abstab, '\0', sizeof (abstab)); abstab[LBRACK] = abstab[RBRACK] = 1; abstab['$'] = abstab['`'] = abstab['~'] = 1; abstab['\\'] = abstab['\''] = 1; abstab['"'] = 1; /* XXX */ /* We don't quote `@' or `*' in the subscript at all. */ } /* string[si] == LBRACK */ ni = skipsubscript (string, si, 0); /* These checks mirror the ones in valid_array_reference. The check for (ni - si) == 1 checks for empty subscripts. We don't check that the subscript is a separate word if we're parsing an arithmetic expression. */ if (ni >= slen || string[ni] != RBRACK || (ni - si) == 1 || (string[ni+1] != '\0' && (quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0)) { /* let's check and see what fails this check */ INTERNAL_DEBUG (("expand_array_subscript: bad subscript string: `%s'", string+si)); ret = (char *)xmalloc (2); /* badly-formed subscript */ ret[0] = string[si]; ret[1] = '\0'; *sindex = si + 1; return ret; } /* STRING[ni] == RBRACK */ exp = substring (string, si+1, ni); t = expand_subscript_string (exp, quoted & ~(Q_ARITH|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)); free (exp); exp = t ? sh_backslash_quote (t, abstab, 0) : savestring (""); free (t); slen = STRLEN (exp); ret = xmalloc (slen + 2 + 1); ret[0] ='['; strcpy (ret + 1, exp); ret[slen + 1] = ']'; ret[slen + 2] = '\0'; free (exp); *sindex = ni + 1; return ret; } #endif void invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at () { dispose_words (cached_quoted_dollar_at); cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0; } /* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the word list returned is also null. QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h. ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for how IFS characters in the word are treated. CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion. CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero. EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions, else zero. This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that case, we split on ' '. */ /* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */ #define UNQUOTED 0 #define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1 #define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2 static WORD_LIST * expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something) WORD_DESC *word; int quoted, isexp; int *contains_dollar_at; int *expanded_something; { WORD_LIST *list; WORD_DESC *tword; /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */ char *istring; /* The current size of the above object. */ size_t istring_size; /* Index into ISTRING. */ size_t istring_index; /* Temporary string storage. */ char *temp, *temp1; /* The text of WORD. */ register char *string; /* The size of STRING. */ size_t string_size; /* The index into STRING. */ int sindex; /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */ int quoted_dollar_at; /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */ int quoted_state; /* State flags */ int had_quoted_null; int has_quoted_ifs; /* did we add a quoted $IFS character here? */ int has_dollar_at, temp_has_dollar_at; int internal_tilde; int split_on_spaces; int local_expanded; int tflag; int pflags; /* flags passed to param_expand */ int mb_cur_max; int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */ register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */ int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */ char twochars[2]; DECLARE_MBSTATE; /* OK, let's see if we can optimize a common idiom: "$@". This needs to make sure that all of the flags callers care about (e.g., W_HASQUOTEDNULL) are set in list->flags. */ if (STREQ (word->word, "\"$@\"") && (word->flags == (W_HASDOLLAR|W_QUOTED)) && dollar_vars[1]) /* XXX - check IFS here as well? */ { if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 1; if (cached_quoted_dollar_at) return (copy_word_list (cached_quoted_dollar_at)); list = list_rest_of_args (); list = quote_list (list); cached_quoted_dollar_at = copy_word_list (list); return (list); } istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE); istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0'; quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0; has_quoted_ifs = 0; split_on_spaces = 0; internal_tilde = 0; /* expanding =~ or :~ */ quoted_state = UNQUOTED; string = word->word; if (string == 0) goto finished_with_string; mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX; /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless multibyte characters are possible, but do need it for bounds checking. */ string_size = (mb_cur_max > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 0; assignoff = -1; /* Begin the expansion. */ for (sindex = 0; ;) { c = string[sindex]; /* Case on top-level character. */ switch (c) { case '\0': goto finished_with_string; case CTLESC: sindex++; #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE if (mb_cur_max > 1 && string[sindex]) { SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size); } else #endif { temp = (char *)xmalloc (3); temp[0] = CTLESC; temp[1] = c = string[sindex]; temp[2] = '\0'; } dollar_add_string: if (string[sindex]) sindex++; add_string: if (temp) { istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size); temp = (char *)0; } break; #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) /* Process substitution. */ case '<': case '>': { /* XXX - technically this should only be expanded at the start of a word */ if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & W_NOPROCSUB)) { sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ goto add_character; } else t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */ temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index, 0); /*))*/ sindex = t_index; /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child and consume input. */ temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0; FREE (temp1); goto dollar_add_string; } #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case '[': /*]*/ if ((quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0 || shell_compatibility_level <= 51) { if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0) goto add_ifs_character; else goto add_character; } else { temp = expand_array_subscript (string, &sindex, quoted, word->flags); goto add_string; } #endif case '=': /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words even in POSIX mode. */ if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE)) { if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c)) goto add_ifs_character; else goto add_character; } /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde expansion, note where the first `=' appears in the word and prepare to do tilde expansion following the first `='. We have to keep track of the first `=' (using assignoff) to avoid being confused by an `=' in the rhs of the assignment statement. */ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) && (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) && assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0) assignoff = sindex; if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */ internal_tilde = 1; if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) word->flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; /* affects $@ */ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c)) { has_quoted_ifs++; goto add_ifs_character; } else goto add_character; case ':': if (word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_NOASSNTILDE)) { if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c)) goto add_ifs_character; else goto add_character; } if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS)) && (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) && string[sindex+1] == '~') internal_tilde = 1; if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c)) goto add_ifs_character; else goto add_character; case '~': /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. We don't do tilde expansion if quoted or in an arithmetic context. */ if ((word->flags & W_NOTILDE) || (sindex > 0 && (internal_tilde == 0)) || (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) { internal_tilde = 0; if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0) goto add_ifs_character; else goto add_character; } if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS) tflag = 2; else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP)) tflag = 1; else tflag = 0; temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index); internal_tilde = 0; if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0) { temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag); if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1)) { FREE (temp); FREE (temp1); goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */ } free (temp); temp = temp1; sindex += t_index; goto add_quoted_string; /* XXX was add_string */ } else { FREE (temp); goto add_character; } case '$': if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 1; local_expanded = 1; temp_has_dollar_at = 0; pflags = (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0; if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2) pflags |= PF_NOSPLIT2; if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS) pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS; if (word->flags & W_COMPLETE) pflags |= PF_COMPLETE; tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something, &temp_has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at, &had_quoted_null, pflags); has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at; split_on_spaces += (tword->flags & W_SPLITSPACE); if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal) { free (string); free (istring); return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error : &expand_word_fatal); } if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)) had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */ if (tword && (tword->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)) had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */ temp = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL; dispose_word_desc (tword); /* Kill quoted nulls; we will add them back at the end of expand_word_internal if nothing else in the string */ if (had_quoted_null && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp)) { FREE (temp); temp = (char *)NULL; } goto add_string; break; case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */ { t_index = sindex++; temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", (word->flags & W_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : SX_REQMATCH); /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */ if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal) { if (sindex - 1 == t_index) { sindex = t_index; goto add_character; } set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string+t_index); free (string); free (istring); return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error : &expand_word_fatal); } if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 1; local_expanded = 1; if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */ temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1); else { de_backslash (temp); tword = command_substitute (temp, quoted, PF_BACKQUOTE); temp1 = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL; if (tword) dispose_word_desc (tword); } FREE (temp); temp = temp1; goto dollar_add_string; } case '\\': if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n') { sindex += 2; continue; } c = string[++sindex]; /* "However, the double-quote character ( '"' ) shall not be treated specially within a here-document, except when the double-quote appears within "$()", "``", or "${}"." */ if ((quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT) && (quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == '"') tflag = CBSDQUOTE; /* special case */ else if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT) tflag = CBSHDOC; else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) tflag = CBSDQUOTE; else tflag = 0; /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */ if ((quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == RBRACE) { SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size); } /* This is the fix for " $@\ " */ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0) && isexp == 0 && isifs (c)) { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; istring[istring_index++] = '\\'; istring[istring_index] = '\0'; SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size); } else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && c == 0) { RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; istring[istring_index++] = '\\'; istring[istring_index] = '\0'; break; } else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0)) { SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size); } else if (c == 0) { c = CTLNUL; sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ goto add_character; } else { SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size); } sindex++; add_twochars: /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0]; istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1]; istring[istring_index] = '\0'; break; case '"': /* XXX - revisit this */ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && ((quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0)) goto add_character; t_index = ++sindex; temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, (word->flags & W_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0); /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the whole word was quoted. */ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0') ? WHOLLY_QUOTED : PARTIALLY_QUOTED; if (temp && *temp) { tword = alloc_word_desc (); tword->word = temp; if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) tword->flags |= word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNRHS); /* affects $@ */ if (word->flags & W_COMPLETE) tword->flags |= W_COMPLETE; /* for command substitutions */ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) tword->flags |= W_NOCOMSUB; if (word->flags & W_NOPROCSUB) tword->flags |= W_NOPROCSUB; if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS) tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; temp = (char *)NULL; temp_has_dollar_at = 0; /* does this quoted (sub)string include $@? */ /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */ /* XXX - preserve Q_ARITH here? */ list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|(quoted&Q_ARITH), 0, &temp_has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL); has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at; if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal) { free (istring); free (string); /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word for us because of the way it prints error messages. */ tword->word = (char *)NULL; dispose_word (tword); return list; } dispose_word (tword); /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing, not even a NULL word, when there are no positional parameters. Posix interp 888 says that other parts of the word that expand to quoted nulls result in quoted nulls, so we can't just throw the entire word away if we have "$@" anywhere in it. We use had_quoted_null to keep track */ if (list == 0 && temp_has_dollar_at) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */ { quoted_dollar_at++; break; } /* If this list comes back with a quoted null from expansion, we have either "$x" or "$@" with $1 == ''. In either case, we need to make sure we add a quoted null argument and disable the special handling that "$@" gets. */ if (list && list->word && list->next == 0 && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)) { if (had_quoted_null && temp_has_dollar_at) quoted_dollar_at++; had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */ } /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with multiple words. */ if (list) dequote_list (list); if (temp_has_dollar_at) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */ { quoted_dollar_at++; if (contains_dollar_at) *contains_dollar_at = 1; if (expanded_something) *expanded_something = 1; local_expanded = 1; } } else { /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */ FREE (temp); list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */ } /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@", where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators as well), so we go directly to add_string. */ if (list) { if (list->next) { /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */ temp = quoted_dollar_at ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0) : string_list (quote_list (list)); dispose_words (list); goto add_string; } else { temp = savestring (list->word->word); tflag = list->word->flags; dispose_words (list); /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters. We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into the empty string, though. We do this because we want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that contain other characters. For example, if we have x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters, the $* should expand into nothing. */ /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the cases: a quoted null character as above and when CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to pass the value through this function to its caller. */ if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0) remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */ } } else temp = (char *)NULL; if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED) had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only partially quoted; we can throw them away. The exception to this is when we are going to be performing word splitting, since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character will cause word splitting. */ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_EXPANDRHS|W_ASSIGNRHS)) == W_EXPANDRHS) { c = CTLNUL; sindex--; had_quoted_null = 1; goto add_character; } if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2))) continue; add_quoted_string: if (temp) { temp1 = temp; temp = quote_string (temp); free (temp1); goto add_string; } else { /* Add NULL arg. */ c = CTLNUL; sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */ goto add_character; } /* break; */ case '\'': if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) goto add_character; t_index = ++sindex; temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex, 0); /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes, then the string is wholly quoted. */ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0') ? WHOLLY_QUOTED : PARTIALLY_QUOTED; /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */ if (*temp == '\0') { free (temp); temp = (char *)NULL; } else remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED) had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. See above for the exception, which is when the string is going to be split. Posix interp 888/1129 */ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_EXPANDRHS|W_ASSIGNRHS)) == W_EXPANDRHS) { c = CTLNUL; sindex--; goto add_character; } if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED) && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2))) continue; /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */ if (temp == 0) { c = CTLNUL; sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ goto add_character; } else goto add_quoted_string; /* break; */ case ' ': /* If we are in a context where the word is not going to be split, but we need to account for $@ and $* producing one word for each positional parameter, add quoted spaces so the spaces in the expansion of "$@", if any, behave correctly. We still may need to split if we are expanding the rhs of a word expansion. */ if (ifs_is_null || split_on_spaces || ((word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2|W_ASSIGNRHS)) && (word->flags & W_EXPANDRHS) == 0)) { if (string[sindex]) sindex++; twochars[0] = CTLESC; twochars[1] = c; goto add_twochars; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: /* This is the fix for " $@ " */ add_ifs_character: if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c) && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0)) { if ((quoted&(Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0) has_quoted_ifs++; add_quoted_character: if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */ sindex++; if (c == 0) { c = CTLNUL; goto add_character; } else { #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE /* XXX - should make sure that c is actually multibyte, otherwise we can use the twochars branch */ if (mb_cur_max > 1) sindex--; if (mb_cur_max > 1) { SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size); } else #endif { twochars[0] = CTLESC; twochars[1] = c; goto add_twochars; } } } SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size); add_character: RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); istring[istring_index++] = c; istring[istring_index] = '\0'; /* Next character. */ sindex++; } } finished_with_string: /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to do if nothing has been expanded. */ /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */ /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty. "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx"" equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we need to. */ /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word. The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw the word away. */ if (*istring == '\0') { #if 0 if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)) #else if (had_quoted_null || (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)) #endif { istring[0] = CTLNUL; istring[1] = '\0'; tword = alloc_word_desc (); tword->word = istring; istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; } /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire word is removed. */ /* XXX - exception appears to be that quoted null strings result in null arguments */ else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at) list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; else list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; } else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) { tword = alloc_word_desc (); tword->word = istring; if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring)) tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN) tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB) tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */ if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE) tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE; /* XXX */ if (word->flags & W_ARRAYREF) tword->flags |= W_ARRAYREF; if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); } else if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS) { list = list_string (istring, "", quoted); tword = list->word; if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring)) tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; free (list); free (istring); istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */ goto set_word_flags; } else { char *ifs_chars; ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL; /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set, string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. If SPLIT_ON_SPACES is set, we expanded $* (unquoted) with IFS either unset or null, and we want to make sure that we split on spaces regardless of what else has happened to IFS since the expansion, or we expanded "$@" with IFS null and we need to split the positional parameters into separate words. */ if (split_on_spaces) { /* If IFS is not set, and the word is not quoted, we want to split the individual words on $' \t\n'. We rely on previous steps to quote the portions of the word that should not be split */ if (ifs_is_set == 0) list = list_string (istring, " \t\n", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */ else list = list_string (istring, " ", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */ } /* If we have $@ (has_dollar_at != 0) and we are in a context where we don't want to split the result (W_NOSPLIT2), and we are not quoted, we have already separated the arguments with the first character of $IFS. In this case, we want to return a list with a single word with the separator possibly replaced with a space (it's what other shells seem to do). quoted_dollar_at is internal to this function and is set if we are passed an argument that is unquoted (quoted == 0) but we encounter a double-quoted $@ while expanding it. */ else if (has_dollar_at && quoted_dollar_at == 0 && ifs_chars && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2)) { tword = alloc_word_desc (); /* Only split and rejoin if we have to */ if (*ifs_chars && *ifs_chars != ' ') { /* list_string dequotes CTLESCs in the string it's passed, so we need it to get the space separation right if space isn't the first character in IFS (but is present) and to remove the quoting we added back in param_expand(). */ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1); /* This isn't exactly right in the case where we're expanding the RHS of an expansion like ${var-$@} where IFS=: (for example). The W_NOSPLIT2 means we do the separation with :; the list_string removes the quotes and breaks the string into a list, and the string_list rejoins it on spaces. When we return, we expect to be able to split the results, but the space separation means the right split doesn't happen. */ tword->word = string_list (list); } else tword->word = istring; if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring)) tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ if (tword->word != istring) free (istring); istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */ goto set_word_flags; } else if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars) list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1); else { tword = alloc_word_desc (); if (expanded_something && *expanded_something == 0 && has_quoted_ifs) tword->word = remove_quoted_ifs (istring); else tword->word = istring; if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring)) /* should check for more than one */ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ else if (had_quoted_null) tword->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ if (tword->word != istring) free (istring); istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */ set_word_flags: if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED)) tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN) tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB) tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE) tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE; if (word->flags & W_ARRAYREF) tword->flags |= W_ARRAYREF; list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); } } free (istring); return (list); } /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ /* Functions for Quote Removal */ /* */ /* **************************************************************** */ /* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */ char * string_quote_removal (string, quoted) char *string; int quoted; { size_t slen; char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send; int sindex, tindex, dquote; unsigned char c; DECLARE_MBSTATE; /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */ slen = strlen (string); send = string + slen; r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];) { switch (c) { case '\\': c = string[++sindex]; if (c == 0) { *r++ = '\\'; break; } if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0) *r++ = '\\'; /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex); break; case '\'': if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) { *r++ = c; sindex++; break; } tindex = sindex + 1; temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex, 0); if (temp) { strcpy (r, temp); r += strlen (r); free (temp); } sindex = tindex; break; case '"': dquote = 1 - dquote; sindex++; break; } } *r = '\0'; return (result_string); } #if 0 /* UNUSED */ /* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new WORD_DESC *. */ WORD_DESC * word_quote_removal (word, quoted) WORD_DESC *word; int quoted; { WORD_DESC *w; char *t; t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted); w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = t ? t : savestring (""); return (w); } /* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero, the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */ WORD_LIST * word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted) WORD_LIST *list; int quoted; { WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e; for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next) { tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); #if 0 result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult); #else if (result == 0) result = e = tresult; else { e->next = tresult; while (e->next) e = e->next; } #endif } return (result); } #endif /******************************************* * * * Functions to perform word splitting * * * *******************************************/ void setifs (v) SHELL_VAR *v; { char *t; unsigned char uc; ifs_var = v; ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n"; ifs_is_set = ifs_var != 0; ifs_is_null = ifs_is_set && (*ifs_value == 0); /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet handle multibyte chars in IFS */ memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap)); for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++) { uc = *t; ifs_cmap[uc] = 1; } #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) if (ifs_value == 0) { ifs_firstc[0] = '\0'; /* XXX - ? */ ifs_firstc_len = 1; } else { if (locale_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (*ifs_value)) ifs_firstc_len = (*ifs_value != 0) ? 1 : 0; else { size_t ifs_len; ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX); ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len); } if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len)) { ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0]; ifs_firstc[1] = '\0'; ifs_firstc_len = 1; } else memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len); } #else ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0; #endif } char * getifs () { return ifs_value; } /* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we don't do any splitting. */ WORD_LIST * word_split (w, ifs_chars) WORD_DESC *w; char *ifs_chars; { WORD_LIST *result; if (w) { char *xifs; xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars; result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED); } else result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; return (result); } /* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */ static WORD_LIST * word_list_split (list) WORD_LIST *list; { WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e; WORD_DESC *w; for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next) { tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value); /* POSIX 2.6: "If the complete expansion appropriate for a word results in an empty field, that empty field shall be deleted from the list of fields that form the completely expanded command, unless the original word contained single-quote or double-quote characters." This is where we handle these words that contain quoted null strings and other characters that expand to nothing after word splitting. */ if (tresult == 0 && t->word && (t->word->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)) /* XXX */ { w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = (char *)xmalloc (1); w->word[0] = '\0'; tresult = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); } #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* pass W_ARRAYREF through for words that are not split and are identical to the original word. */ if (tresult && tresult->next == 0 && t->next == 0 && (t->word->flags & W_ARRAYREF) && STREQ (t->word->word, tresult->word->word)) tresult->word->flags |= W_ARRAYREF; #endif if (result == 0) result = e = tresult; else { e->next = tresult; while (e->next) e = e->next; } } return (result); } /************************************************** * * * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST * * * **************************************************/ /* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */ static void exp_jump_to_top_level (v) int v; { set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value); /* Cleanup code goes here. */ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */ if (expanding_redir) undo_partial_redirects (); expanding_redir = 0; assigning_in_environment = 0; if (parse_and_execute_level == 0) top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */ jump_to_top_level (v); } /* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */ #define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \ do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0) /* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */ static WORD_LIST * separate_out_assignments (tlist) WORD_LIST *tlist; { register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp; if (tlist == 0) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); if (subst_assign_varlist) dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; vp = lp = tlist; /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command. Loop invariant: vp->next == lp Loop postcondition: lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped tlist = original list of words */ while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)) { vp = lp; lp = lp->next; } /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements. We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */ if (lp != tlist) { subst_assign_varlist = tlist; /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */ vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */ tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */ } /* vp == end of variable list */ /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */ if (!tlist) /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */ /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */ /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */ if (place_keywords_in_env) { WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */ tp = tlist; lp = tlist->next; /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */ /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */ while (lp) { if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) { /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of subst_assign_varlist (vp). */ if (!subst_assign_varlist) subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp; else { vp->next = lp; vp = lp; } /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */ tp->next = lp->next; /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */ lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; lp = tp->next; } else { tp = lp; lp = lp->next; } } } return (tlist); } #define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001 #define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002 #define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004 #define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008 #define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010 /* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of the list. */ #define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP) /* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of the list. */ #define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP) /* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and quote removal. */ #define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP) /* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like variable assignments. */ WORD_LIST * expand_words (list) WORD_LIST *list; { return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL)); } /* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment variables. */ WORD_LIST * expand_words_no_vars (list) WORD_LIST *list; { return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS)); } WORD_LIST * expand_words_shellexp (list) WORD_LIST *list; { return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP)); } static WORD_LIST * glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags) WORD_LIST *tlist; int eflags; { char **glob_array, *temp_string; register int glob_index; WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next; WORD_DESC *tword; int x; output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; glob_array = (char **)NULL; while (tlist) { /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable words are freed. */ next = tlist->next; /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted pattern matching character, then glob it. */ if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 && unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word)) { glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word, QGLOB_CTLESC); /* XXX */ /* Handle error cases. I don't think we should report errors like "No such file or directory". However, I would like to report errors like "Read failed". */ if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array)) { glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *)); glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL; } /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */ if (glob_array[0] == NULL) { temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word); free (tlist->word->word); tlist->word->word = temp_string; } /* Make the array into a word list. */ glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++) { tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]); glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list); } if (glob_list) { output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list); PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables); } else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0) { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word); exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0) { /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); } else { /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables); } } else { /* Dequote the string. */ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word); free (tlist->word->word); tlist->word->word = temp_string; PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); } strvec_dispose (glob_array); glob_array = (char **)NULL; tlist = next; } if (disposables) dispose_words (disposables); if (output_list) output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *); return (output_list); } #if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) static WORD_LIST * brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags) WORD_LIST *tlist; int eflags; { register char **expansions; char *temp_string; WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next; WORD_DESC *w; int eindex; for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next) { next = tlist->next; if (tlist->word->flags & W_NOBRACE) { /*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_NOBRACE", tlist->word->word);*/ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); continue; } if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) { /*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); continue; } /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST is reached. */ if (mbschr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE)) { expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word); for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++) { w = alloc_word_desc (); w->word = temp_string; /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve the flags. We may want to preserve the flags unconditionally someday -- XXX */ if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word)) w->flags = tlist->word->flags; else w = make_word_flags (w, temp_string); output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list); } free (expansions); /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace expansion has been performed. */ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables); } else PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); } if (disposables) dispose_words (disposables); if (output_list) output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *); return (output_list); } #endif #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* Take WORD, a compound array assignment, and internally run (for example), 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. OPTION is the list of options to supply to `declare'. CMD is the declaration command we are expanding right now; it's unused currently. */ static int make_internal_declare (word, option, cmd) char *word; char *option; char *cmd; { int t, r; WORD_LIST *wl; WORD_DESC *w; w = make_word (word); t = assignment (w->word, 0); if (w->word[t] == '=') { w->word[t] = '\0'; if (w->word[t - 1] == '+') /* cut off any append op */ w->word[t - 1] = '\0'; } wl = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); wl = make_word_list (make_word (option), wl); r = declare_builtin (wl); dispose_words (wl); return r; } /* Expand VALUE in NAME[+]=( VALUE ) to a list of words. FLAGS is 1 if NAME is an associative array. If we are processing an indexed array, expand_compound_array_assignment will expand all the individual words and quote_compound_array_list will single-quote them. If we are processing an associative array, we use parse_string_to_word_list to split VALUE into a list of words instead of faking up a shell variable and calling expand_compound_array_assignment. expand_and_quote_assoc_word expands and single-quotes each word in VALUE together so we don't have problems finding the end of the subscript when quoting it. Words in VALUE can be individual words, which are expanded and single-quoted, or words of the form [IND]=VALUE, which end up as explained below, as ['expanded-ind']='expanded-value'. */ static WORD_LIST * expand_oneword (value, flags) char *value; int flags; { WORD_LIST *l, *nl; char *t; int kvpair; if (flags == 0) { /* Indexed array */ l = expand_compound_array_assignment ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL, value, flags); /* Now we quote the results of the expansion above to prevent double expansion. */ quote_compound_array_list (l, flags); return l; } else { /* Associative array */ l = parse_string_to_word_list (value, 1, "array assign"); #if ASSOC_KVPAIR_ASSIGNMENT kvpair = kvpair_assignment_p (l); #endif /* For associative arrays, with their arbitrary subscripts, we have to expand and quote in one step so we don't have to search for the closing right bracket more than once. */ for (nl = l; nl; nl = nl->next) { #if ASSOC_KVPAIR_ASSIGNMENT if (kvpair) /* keys and values undergo the same set of expansions */ t = expand_and_quote_kvpair_word (nl->word->word); else #endif if ((nl->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0) t = sh_single_quote (nl->word->word ? nl->word->word : ""); else t = expand_and_quote_assoc_word (nl->word->word, flags); free (nl->word->word); nl->word->word = t; } return l; } } /* Expand a single compound assignment argument to a declaration builtin. This word takes the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ). The NAME[+]= is passed through unchanged. The VALUE is expanded and each word in the result is single- quoted. Words of the form [key]=value end up as ['expanded-key']='expanded-value'. Associative arrays have special handling, see expand_oneword() above. The return value is NAME[+]=( expanded-and-quoted-VALUE ). */ static void expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist, flags) WORD_LIST *tlist; int flags; { WORD_LIST *l; int wlen, oind, t; char *value, *temp; /*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: original word = -%s-", tlist->word->word);*/ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0); /* value doesn't have the open and close parens */ oind = 1; value = extract_array_assignment_list (tlist->word->word + t + 1, &oind); /* This performs one round of expansion on the index/key and value and single-quotes each word in the result. */ l = expand_oneword (value, flags); free (value); value = string_list (l); dispose_words (l); wlen = STRLEN (value); /* Now, let's rebuild the string */ temp = xmalloc (t + 3 + wlen + 1); /* name[+]=(value) */ memcpy (temp, tlist->word->word, ++t); temp[t++] = '('; if (value) memcpy (temp + t, value, wlen); t += wlen; temp[t++] = ')'; temp[t] = '\0'; /*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: reconstructed word = -%s-", temp);*/ free (tlist->word->word); tlist->word->word = temp; free (value); } /* Expand and process an argument to a declaration command. We have already set flags in TLIST->word->flags depending on the declaration command (declare, local, etc.) and the options supplied to it (-a, -A, etc.). TLIST->word->word is of the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ). This does several things, all using pieces of other functions to get the evaluation sequence right. It's called for compound array assignments with the W_ASSIGNMENT flag set (basically, valid identifier names on the lhs). It parses out which flags need to be set for declare to create the variable correctly, then calls declare internally (make_internal_declare) to make sure the variable exists with the correct attributes. Before the variable is created, it calls expand_compound_assignment_word to expand VALUE to a list of words, appropriately quoted for further evaluation. This preserves the semantics of word-expansion-before-calling-builtins. Finally, it calls do_word_assignment to perform the expansion and assignment with the same expansion semantics as a standalone assignment statement (no word splitting, etc.) even though the word is single-quoted so all that needs to happen is quote removal. */ static WORD_LIST * expand_declaration_argument (tlist, wcmd) WORD_LIST *tlist, *wcmd; { char opts[16], omap[128]; int t, opti, oind, skip, inheriting; WORD_LIST *l; inheriting = localvar_inherit; opti = 0; if (tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL|W_CHKLOCAL|W_ASSIGNARRAY)) opts[opti++] = '-'; if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) { opts[opti++] = 'g'; opts[opti++] = 'A'; } else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC) { opts[opti++] = 'A'; } else if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) { opts[opti++] = 'g'; opts[opti++] = 'a'; } else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNARRAY) { opts[opti++] = 'a'; } else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL) opts[opti++] = 'g'; if (tlist->word->flags & W_CHKLOCAL) opts[opti++] = 'G'; /* If we have special handling note the integer attribute and others that transform the value upon assignment. What we do is take all of the option arguments and scan through them looking for options that cause such transformations, and add them to the `opts' array. */ memset (omap, '\0', sizeof (omap)); for (l = wcmd->next; l != tlist; l = l->next) { int optchar; if (l->word->word[0] != '-' && l->word->word[0] != '+') break; /* non-option argument */ if (l->word->word[0] == '-' && l->word->word[1] == '-' && l->word->word[2] == 0) break; /* -- signals end of options */ optchar = l->word->word[0]; for (oind = 1; l->word->word[oind]; oind++) switch (l->word->word[oind]) { case 'I': inheriting = 1; case 'i': case 'l': case 'u': case 'c': omap[l->word->word[oind]] = 1; if (opti == 0) opts[opti++] = optchar; break; default: break; } } for (oind = 0; oind < sizeof (omap); oind++) if (omap[oind]) opts[opti++] = oind; /* If there are no -a/-A options, but we have a compound assignment, we have a choice: we can set opts[0]='-', opts[1]='a', since the default is to create an indexed array, and call make_internal_declare with that, or we can just skip the -a and let declare_builtin deal with it. Once we're here, we're better set up for the latter, since we don't want to deal with looking up any existing variable here -- better to let declare_builtin do it. We need the variable created, though, especially if it's local, so we get the scoping right before we call do_word_assignment. To ensure that make_local_declare gets called, we add `--' if there aren't any options. */ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY)) == 0) { if (opti == 0) { opts[opti++] = '-'; opts[opti++] = '-'; } } opts[opti] = '\0'; /* This isn't perfect, but it's a start. Improvements later. We expand tlist->word->word and single-quote the results to avoid multiple expansions by, say, do_assignment_internal(). We have to weigh the cost of reconstructing the compound assignment string with its single quoting and letting the declare builtin handle it. The single quotes will prevent any unwanted additional expansion or word splitting. */ expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist, (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC) ? 1 : 0); skip = 0; if (opti > 0) { t = make_internal_declare (tlist->word->word, opts, wcmd ? wcmd->word->word : (char *)0); if (t != EXECUTION_SUCCESS) { last_command_exit_value = t; if (tlist->word->flags & W_FORCELOCAL) /* non-fatal error */ skip = 1; else exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } } if (skip == 0) { t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word, 0); if (t == 0) { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } } /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0); tlist->word->word[t] = '\0'; if (tlist->word->word[t - 1] == '+') tlist->word->word[t - 1] = '\0'; /* cut off append op */ tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY); return (tlist); } #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ static WORD_LIST * shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags) WORD_LIST *tlist; int eflags; { WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list, *wcmd; int expanded_something, has_dollar_at; /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */ wcmd = new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next) { if (wcmd == 0 && (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN)) wcmd = tlist; next = tlist->next; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments, because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on its own. */ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) expand_declaration_argument (tlist, wcmd); #endif expanded_something = 0; expanded = expand_word_internal (tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something); if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal) { /* By convention, each time this error is returned, tlist->word->word has already been freed. */ tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL; /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */ dispose_words (orig_list); /* Dispose the new list we're building. */ dispose_words (new_list); last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; if (expanded == &expand_word_error) exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); else exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); } /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */ if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0) { temp_list = word_list_split (expanded); dispose_words (expanded); } else { /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted null characters from the result. */ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded); temp_list = expanded; } expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *); new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list); } if (orig_list) dispose_words (orig_list); if (new_list) new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *); return (new_list); } /* Perform assignment statements optionally preceding a command name COMMAND. If COMMAND == NULL, is_nullcmd usually == 1. Follow the POSIX rules for variable assignment errors. */ static int do_assignment_statements (varlist, command, is_nullcmd) WORD_LIST *varlist; char *command; int is_nullcmd; { WORD_LIST *temp_list; char *savecmd; sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func; int is_special_builtin, is_builtin_or_func, tint; /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's environment (do_word_assignment). */ assign_func = is_nullcmd ? do_word_assignment : assign_in_env; tempenv_assign_error = 0; is_builtin_or_func = command && (find_shell_builtin (command) || find_function (command)); /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error occurs in an assignment preceding it. (XXX - this is old -- current Posix says that any variable assignment error causes a non-interactive shell to exit. See the STRICT_POSIX checks below. */ is_special_builtin = posixly_correct && command && find_special_builtin (command); savecmd = this_command_name; for (temp_list = varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next) { this_command_name = (char *)NULL; assigning_in_environment = is_nullcmd == 0; tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word, is_builtin_or_func); assigning_in_environment = 0; this_command_name = savecmd; /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running in posix mode cause the shell to exit. */ if (tint == 0) { if (is_nullcmd) /* assignment statement */ { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; #if defined (STRICT_POSIX) if (posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0) #else if (posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0 && executing_command_builtin == 0) #endif exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); else exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); } /* In posix mode, assignment errors in the temporary environment cause a non-interactive shell executing a special builtin to exit and a non-interactive shell to otherwise jump back to the top level. This is what POSIX says to do for variable assignment errors, and POSIX says errors in assigning to the temporary environment are treated as variable assignment errors. (XXX - this is not what current POSIX says - look at the STRICT_POSIX defines. */ else if (posixly_correct) { last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; #if defined (STRICT_POSIX) exp_jump_to_top_level ((interactive_shell == 0) ? FORCE_EOF : DISCARD); #else if (interactive_shell == 0 && is_special_builtin) exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); else if (interactive_shell == 0) exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); /* XXX - maybe change later */ else exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); #endif } else tempenv_assign_error++; } } return (tempenv_assign_error); } /* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars (). First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words. Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are performed. This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting. Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion; words with W_NOBRACE set do not undergo brace expansion (see brace_expand_word_list above). */ static WORD_LIST * expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags) WORD_LIST *list; int eflags; { WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list; tempenv_assign_error = 0; if (list == 0) return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list); if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) { garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list); if (new_list == 0) { if (subst_assign_varlist) do_assignment_statements (subst_assign_varlist, (char *)NULL, 1); dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); } } /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on things that aren't really variable assignments. */ #if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters in the string. */ if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list) new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags); #endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */ /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */ new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags); /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename globbing. */ if (new_list) { if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0) /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */ new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags); else /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */ new_list = dequote_list (new_list); } if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist) { do_assignment_statements (subst_assign_varlist, (new_list && new_list->word) ? new_list->word->word : (char *)NULL, new_list == 0); dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; } return (new_list); }